Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

dub poetry

  • 1 dub

    I [dʌb]
    verbo transitivo (forma in -ing ecc. - bb-) (into foreign language) doppiare [ film] ( into in); (add soundtrack) postsincronizzare [ film]; missare [ sound effect] ( onto in)
    II [dʌb]
    verbo transitivo (forma in -ing ecc. - bb-) giorn. (nickname) soprannominare [ person]
    * * *
    I past tense, past participle - dubbed; verb
    1) (to give (a film) a new sound-track (eg in a different language).)
    2) (to add sound effects or music to (a film etc).)
    •
    II past tense, past participle - dubbed; verb
    (to nickname: He was dubbed Shorty because of his size.)
    * * *
    dub (1) /dʌb/
    n.
    ● dub poetry, «dub poetry» (sottogenere del dub consistente nella sovrapposizione di poesie parlate su una base dub).
    dub (2) /dʌb/
    n.
    (antiq. USA) gonzo; imbranato.
    (to) dub (1) /dʌb/
    v. t.
    1 soprannominare, battezzare: She was dubbed the people's princess, era stata soprannominata la principessa del popolo; The press dubbed the scandal Climategate, la stampa ha battezzato lo scandalo il “Climategate”
    6 (fam. sport USA) fallire: to dub a shot [a stroke], fallire un tiro [un colpo].
    (to) dub (2) /dʌb/
    v. t. (cinem., TV)
    1 doppiare: a dubbed film, una pellicola doppiata; The film was dubbed into French, il film era doppiato in francese
    ● (cinem.) to dub st. in, aggiungere qc. alla colonna sonora: The voices were dubbed in afterwards, le voci sono state aggiunte dopo alla colonna sonora □ (cinem.) to dub st. over, doppiare qc.: They dubbed over the original dialogue, hanno doppiato il dialogo originale □ (cinem.) to dub st. out, cancellare qc. dalla colonna sonora: Extraneous noises such as aircraft can be dubbed out, i rumori dall'esterno come gli aerei possono essere cancellati dalla colonna sonora.
    * * *
    I [dʌb]
    verbo transitivo (forma in -ing ecc. - bb-) (into foreign language) doppiare [ film] ( into in); (add soundtrack) postsincronizzare [ film]; missare [ sound effect] ( onto in)
    II [dʌb]
    verbo transitivo (forma in -ing ecc. - bb-) giorn. (nickname) soprannominare [ person]

    English-Italian dictionary > dub

  • 2 cieo

    cĭĕo, cīvi, cĭtum, 2 (from the primitive form cĭo, cīre, prevailing in the compounds accio, excio, etc. (cf. Prisc. pp. 865, 905, and 908 P.), are also found: pres. cio, Mart. 4, 90, 4:

    cit,

    Verg. Cul. 201; Col. 6, 5, 1 Schneid.:

    cimus,

    Lucr. 1, 213; 5, 211:

    ciunt,

    Lact. Ep. 4 dub.:

    ciant,

    App. Flor. 2, n. 17, p. 358; Mart. Cap. 1, § 91: ciuntur, id. de Mundo, 22, p. 67), v. a. [kindr. with kiô, to go; and by the addition of the causative signif. like kineô, causative from kiô; v. 1. ci.].
    I.
    Lit., to put in motion; hence, to move, stir, shake (syn.: moveo, commoveo, concito, excito al.;

    class. in prose and poetry): calcem,

    to make a move in the game of chess, Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 86:

    natura omnia ciens et agitans,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 11, 27: inanimum est omne, quod pulsu agitatur externo;

    quod autem est animal, id motu cietur interiore et suo,

    id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54 (for which, in the same chapter, several times movere; cf. also id. N. D. 2, 9, 23):

    remos,

    Stat. Th. 6, 801:

    imo Nereus ciet aequora fundo,

    stirs up, Verg. A. 2, 419:

    puppes sinistrorsum citae,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 20.—
    B.
    In judic. lang. t. t.:

    ciere erctum (lit. to put in motion, i. e.),

    to divide the inheritance, Cic. de Or. 1, 56, 237; cf. erctum.—
    C.
    Trop., to put in motion, to rouse up, disturb: natura maris per se immobilis est, et venti et aurae cient, Liv. 28, 27, 11:

    saltum canibus ciere,

    Lucr. 5, 1250: fontes et stagna, Cic. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 9, 15:

    tonitru caelum omne ciebo,

    Verg. A. 4, 122:

    loca sonitu cientur,

    Lucr. 4, 608; cf.:

    reboat raucum regio cita barbara bombum,

    id. 4, 544 Lachm. N. cr. —
    II.
    With reference to the terminus ad quem, to move, excite, or call to ( poet. or in Aug. and post-Aug. prose for the common accire):

    ad sese aliquem,

    Cat. 68, 88:

    ad arma,

    Liv. 5, 47, 4; Sil. 7, 43:

    in pugnam,

    id. 4, 272:

    armatos ad pugnam,

    Vell. 2, 6, 6:

    aere ciere viros,

    Verg. A. 6, 165:

    quos e proximis coloniis ejus rei fama civerat,

    Tac. A. 15, 33:

    aliquem in aliquem,

    id. H. 1, 84, 5:

    ab ultimis subsidiis cietur miles (sc. in primam aciem),

    Liv. 9, 39, 8:

    ille cieri Narcissum postulat,

    Tac. A. 11, 30.—
    B.
    To call upon for help, to invoke; of invoking superior beings:

    nocturnos manes,

    Verg. A. 4, 490:

    luctificam Alecto dirarum ab sede sororum,

    id. ib. 7, 325:

    vipereasque ciet Stygiā de valle sorores (i. e. Furias),

    Ov. M. 6, 662:

    numina nota ciens,

    Val. Fl. 4, 549:

    foedera et deos,

    Liv. 22, 14, 7.—
    C.
    In gen., to call upon any one by name, to mention by name:

    erum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 11:

    comites magnā voce,

    Lucr. 4, 578:

    animamque sepulcro Condimus et magnā supremum voce ciemus,

    Verg. A. 3, 68:

    lamentatione flebili majores suos ciens ipsumque Pompeium,

    Tac. A. 3, 23:

    singulos nomine,

    id. ib. 2, 81; so Suet. Ner. 46: triumphum nomine ciere, i. e. to call Io triumphe! Liv. 45, 38, 12.—Hence,
    2.
    In a civil sense: patrem, to name one ' s father, i. e. show one ' s free birth, Liv. 10, 8, 10.—
    III.
    To put any course of action in progress or any passion in motion, i. e. to excite, stimulate, rouse, to produce, effect, cause, occasion, begin (very freq., esp. in poetry):

    solis uti varios cursus lunaeque meatus Noscere possemus quae vis et causa cierent,

    Lucr. 5, 773:

    motus,

    id. 3, 379; Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20:

    varias voces,

    Lucr. 5, 1059:

    lamenta virum commoliri atque ciere,

    id. 6, 242 Lachm. N. cr.:

    tinnitus aere,

    Cat. 64, 262; Verg. G. 4, 64 (cie tinnitus):

    singultus ore,

    Cat. 64, 131:

    gemitus,

    Verg. G. 3, 517:

    fletus,

    id. A. 3, 344:

    lacrimas,

    id. ib. 6, 468:

    mugitus,

    id. ib. 12, 103:

    murmur,

    id. G. 1, 110; Liv. 9, 7, 3:

    bellum,

    id. 5, 37, 2; Vell. 2, 54; Tac. H. 3, 41 fin.; Verg. A. 1, 541:

    belli simulacra,

    id. ib. 5, 674:

    seditiones,

    Liv. 4, 52, 2:

    tumultum,

    id. 28, 17, 16; 41, 24, 18:

    vires intimas molemque belli,

    Tac. A. 15, 2 fin.; cf. id. H. 3, 1:

    pugnam,

    Liv. 1, 12, 2; 2, 47, 1; 9, 22, 7; Tac. A. 3, 41:

    proelium,

    Liv. 2, 19, 10; 4, 33, 3; 7, 33, 12;

    10, 28, 8: Martem,

    Verg. A. 9, 766:

    acies, stragem,

    id. ib. 6, 829; cf. Liv. 22, 39, 7:

    rixam,

    Vell. 1, 2 al. —
    B.
    In medic.:

    alvum,

    to cause evacuation, Plin. 20, 9, 38, § 96:

    urinam,

    id. 27, 7, 28, § 48:

    menses,

    to cause menstruation, id. 26, 15, 90, § 151 sq. al.—Hence, cĭtus, a, um, P. a., lit. put in motion; hence, quick, swift, rapid (opp. tardus, Cic. de Or. 3, 57, 216; Sall. C. 15, 5; class.; esp. freq. in poetry;

    rare in Cic.): ad scribendum citus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 86:

    quod jubeat citis quadrigis citius properet persequi,

    id. Aul. 4, 1, 14; Verg. A. 8, 642:

    bigae,

    Cat. 55, 26:

    puppis,

    id. 64, 6; Tib. 4, 1, 69:

    classis,

    Hor. C. 1, 37, 24:

    navis,

    Ov. M. 15, 732; Tac. A. 2, 6:

    axis,

    Ov. M. 2, 75:

    fugae,

    id. ib. 1, 543:

    plantae,

    id. ib. 10, 591:

    incessus,

    Sall. C. 15, 5:

    via,

    Liv. 33, 48, 1:

    venator,

    Hor. C. 1, 37, 18:

    cum militibus,

    Tac. A. 11, 1:

    legionibus,

    id. ib. 14, 26:

    agmine,

    id. ib. 1, 63;

    4, 25: cohortes,

    id. ib. 12, 31:

    mors,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 29; id. S. 1, 1, 8:

    pes, i. e. iambus,

    id. A. P. 252.— Comp.: nullam ego rem citiorem apud homines esse quam famam reor, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Fest. p. 61 Müll.; Val. Max. 3, 8, ext. 1.— Sup., Quint. 6, 4, 14 dub.; v. Spald. and Zumpt in h. l.—
    B.
    In the poets very freq. (also a few times in Tac.) instead of the adv. cito:

    citi ad aedis venimus Circae, Liv. And. ap. Fest. s. v. topper, p. 352, 6 Müll.: equites parent citi,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 2, 2, 70; Lucr. 1, 386:

    somnus fugiens citus abiit,

    Cat. 63, 42: solvite vela citi, Verg, A. 4, 574; cf. id. ib. 9, 37; 12, 425; Hor. S. 1, 10, 92; cf. id. C. 3, 7, 27:

    ite citi,

    Ov. M. 3, 562; Tac. H. 2, 40:

    si citi advenissent,

    id. A. 12, 12.—Hence,
    1.
    cĭto, adv.
    a.
    Quickly, speedily, soon (freq. in prose and poetry of all periods):

    quam tarda es! non vis citius progredi?

    Phaedr. 3, 6, 2; [p. 331] Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 44:

    eloquere,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 83:

    abi cito et suspende te,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 20; 3, 1, 16:

    labascit victus uno verbo: quam cito!

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 98:

    quod eum negasti, qui non cito quid didicisset, umquam omnino posse perdiscere,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 36, 146; cf. Hor. A. P. 335; Quint. 12, 8, 3; 11, 2, 2; 10, 6, 2:

    non multum praestant sed cito,

    id. 1, 3, 4 et saep.: sat cito si sat bene, a moral saying of Cato in Hier. Ep. 66, n. 9:

    cito rumpes arcum, semper si tensum habueris,

    Phaedr. 3, 14, 10:

    ad paenitendum properat cito qui judicat, Publ. Syr. Sent. 6: scribere,

    Quint. 10, 3, 10:

    nimis cito diligere,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 78:

    cito absolvere, tarde condemnare,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26.— Comp.:

    citius,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 1, 14; Pers. 3, 3, 31; Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 23; Lucr. 1, 557; 2, 34; Cic. Sen. 2, 4:

    Noto citius, Verg.A.5, 242 et saep.: dicto,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 80; Verg. A. 1, 142:

    supremā die, i. e. ante supremam diem,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 20:

    serius aut citius sedem properamus ad unam (for which serius ocius,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 26), sooner or later, Ov. M. 10, 33.— Sup.:

    citissime,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 33 fin. al.—
    b.
    With the negative, sometimes equivalent to non facile, not easily (cf. the Gr. tacha):

    haud cito,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 89:

    neque verbis aptiorem cito alium dixerim, neque sententiis crebriorem,

    Cic. Brut. 76, 264: quem tu non tam cito rhetorem dixisses quam politikon, id. ib. § 265.—
    c.
    Sometimes in comp. without the negative, = potius, sooner, rather:

    ut citius diceres, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 67, 238 fin.:

    citius dixerim, jactasse se aliquos, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 11, 25; id. Fam. 5, 2, 10; id. Off. 1, 18, 59; Hor. S. 2, 5, 35.—
    * 2.
    cĭtē, quickly, Scrib. Comp. 198.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cieo

  • 3 ἴσος

    ἴσος, η, ον, [dialect] Ep. [full] ἶσος and [full] ἔϊσος (v. infr.); Cret., Arc. [full] ϝίσϝος GDI 4998ii2, 4982.2, Schwyzer665, cf. γισγόν· ἴσον, Hsch.; later [full] ἵσος Schwyzer 708a (1) (Ephesus, iv B.C.), Tab.Heracl.1.175, etc.:—
    A equal in size, strength, or number, c. dat.,

    κύματα ἶσα ὄρεσσιν Od.3.290

    , etc.; freq. of appearance, like,

    ἶσος ἀναύδῳ 10.378

    ;

    ἶσος Ἄρευι Sapph.91

     (dub.); ἴσος θεοῖσιν Ead.2.1: freq.abs.,

    ἴσην.. βίην καὶ κῦδος Il.7.205

    ; ἶσον θυμὸν ἔχειν to be of like mind, 13.704, 17.720: neut. as Adv.,

    ἶσον ἐμοὶ φρονέουσα 15.50

    ;

    θεοῖσιν ἶσ' ἔθελε φρονέειν 5.441

    , cf. 21.315, etc.; ἴσος τινὶ τὸ μέγαθος, ὕψος, Hdt.2.32, 124; τὸ μῆκος, τὸ πλάτος, X.An. 5.4.32;

    ἀριθμόν E.Supp. 662

    ; ἴσα τὸν ἀ. Pl.R. 441c; ποτὴν ἴσον equal in flight of song, Alex.Aet.5.5; ἴσον, τό, copy of a document, PLond. 3.1222.5 (ii A.D.), etc.: with dat. pers. in place of an object of comparison, οὐ μὲν σοί ποτε ἶσον ἔχω γέρας (i.e. τῷ σῷ γέραϊ) Il.1.163; τοῖσδ' ἴσας ναῦς (i.e. ταῖς τῶνδε) E.IA 262(lyr.);

    ἴσα τοῖς νῦν στρατηγοῖς ἀγάθ' εἰργασμένους D.13.21

    : folld. by a relative word, ἐμοὶ ἴσον.., ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν the same to me as to you, Ar.Ec. 173;

    τὰ ἐκεῖ ἴσα, ὥσπερ τὰ ἐνθάδε Lys.19.36

     codd. (fort. σᾶ) ; τὰ ἴσα ὅσαπερ.. Lex ap.D.23.44;

    ἴσον.. ὅπερ Pl.Erx. 405b

    .
    2 repeated to denote equal relations, ἴσα πρὸς ἴσα tit for tat, Hdt.1.2;

    ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους S. Ant. 142

     (anap.);

    ἴσους ἴσοισι.. ἀντιθείς E.Ph. 750

    ;

    ἴσα ἀντὶ ἴσων λαμβάνειν, ἐκδοῦναι Pl.Lg. 774c

    ; ἴσος ἴσῳ (sc. οἶνος ὕδατι) Cratin.184, Com.Adesp.107, etc.; κύλικος ἴσον ἴσῳ κεκραμένης (where ἴσον is adverbial) Ar.Pl. 1132;

    διδόναι γάλα καὶ οἶνον πίνειν ἴσον ἴσῳ Hp. Epid.2.5.1

    : metaph., 'fairly blended',

    μηδὲν ἴσον ἴσῳ φέρων Ar.Ach. 354

    .
    II equally divided or distributed,

    ἴση μοῖρα Il.9.318

    ; ἴση alone, one's equal share,

    μή τίς μοι ἀτεμβόμενος κίοι ἴσης Od.9.42

     ( ἴσσης cj. Fick, cf. ἴσσασθαι)

    ; τὴν ἴ. ἔχων Cratin.250

    ; οὐ μὴν ἴ. ἔτεισεν (sc. τίσιν) S.OT 810; ἄχρι τῆς ἴ. up to the point of equality, D.5.17: neut.,

    μὴ ἴσον νεῖμαι ἑκατέρῳ Pl.Prt. 337a

    ;

    οὐ μόνον ἴσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλέον ἔχειν Isoc.17.57

    ; οὐκ ἀνέξῃ δωμάτων ἔχων ἴσον καὶ τῷδε νεῖμαι; E.Ph. 547; τὰ ἴσα fair measure,

    τὰ ἴ. νέμειν Hdt. 6.11

    ; μὴ ἴσων ἕκαστον τυγχάνειν ἀλλὰ πλεονεκτεῖν, X.Cyr.2.2.20; προστυχεῖν τῶν ἴ. to obtain fair terms, S.Ph. 552; κἂν ἴσαι (sc. ψῆφοι) γένωνται equally divided, Ar.Ra. 685.
    2 based on equality of rights,

    ἴ. καὶ ἔννομος πολιτ εία Aeschin.1.5

    ;

    τὴν πολιτείαν ἰσαιτέραν καθιστάναι Th.8.89

    ; τὰ ἴ. equal rights, equality, freq. joined with τὰ ὅμοια or

    τὰ δίκαια, ὡς τῆς πολιτείας ἐσομένης ἐν τοῖς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίοις X.HG7.1.45

    ;

    τῶν ἴ. καὶ τῶν δικαίων ἕκαστος ἡγεῖται ἑαυτῷ μετεῖναι ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ D.21.67

    ; οὐ μέτεστι τῶν ἴ. οὐδὲ τῶν ὁμοίων πρὸς τοὺς πλουσίους τοῖς λοιποῖς ib.112; τῶν ἴ. μετεῖχε τοῖς ἄλλοις ib.96; also ἡ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοία (sc. δίκη)

    , τῆς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίας μετέχειν Th.4.105

    ; ἐπ' ἴ. τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, ά, cf. Th.1.145; ἐπὶ τῇ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίᾳ ib.27, cf. SIG312.27 (Samos, iv B.C.), OGI229.44 (Smyrna, iii B.C.), etc.: generally, just, fair, ἐκ ποίας ἴ. καὶ δικαίας προφάς εως; D.18.284.
    3 of persons, fair, impartial, S.Ph. 684(lyr.), OT 677;

    ἴ. δικαστής Pl.Lg. 957c

    ;

    ἴ. καὶ κοινοὶ ἀκροαταί D.29.1

    , cf. 18.7;

    ἴ. καὶ κοινὸν δικαστήριον Id.7.36

    ;

    κοινοὺς μὲν.., ἴ. δὲ μή Pl.Prt. 337a

    ;

    ἴ. ἴσθι κρινων Men.Mon. 266

    , cf. 257;

    κριταὶ ἴ. καὶ δίκαιοι Plb.24.15.3

    , etc.
    4 adequate,

    ἡ ἴ. φρουρά Th.7.27

     (expld. by Sch. as regular, τεταγμένη) ; ἴσος τοῖς

    παροῦσι Id.1.132

    .
    III of ground, even, flat, εἰς τὸ ἴ. καταβαίνειν, of an army, X.An.4.6.18 (but ἐν ἴσῳ προσιέναι to advance with even step, ib.1.8.11); λέουσιν εἰς τὸ ἴ. καθιστάμενοι μάχεσθαι, opp. μετὰ πλεονεξίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι, on even terms, Id.Cyr.1.6.28; ἴ. τοῖχος, opp. κεκλικώς, perpendicular, Phlp.in APo.2.27.
    IV Adv. ἴσως (v. sub voc.): but also,
    1 neut. sg. and pl. from Hom. downwds. (v. sub init.), ἶσον.. ἀπήχθετο κηρὶ μελαίνῃ even as Death, Il.3.454; ἶσον ἐμοὶ βασίυε be king like me, 9.616; ἶσον γάρ σε θεῷ τίσουσιν Ἀχαιοί ib. 603;

    ἶσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ 18.82

    ;

    τὸν.. ἶσα θεῷ.. εἰσορόωσιν Od.15.520

    ;

    ἶσα φίλοισι τέκεσσι Il.5.71

    , cf. 13.176, Od.1.432, 11.304, etc.: later abs., alike,

    δείλαιε τοῦ νοῦ τῆς τε συμφορᾶς ἴσον S.OT 1347

    ;

    τὴν Σάμον καὶ Ἡρακλέας στήλας ἴσον ἀπέχειν Hdt.8.132

    : c. dat.,

    ἴσον ναοῖς θεῶν E.Hel. 801

    ; ἴσον ἄπεσμεν τῷ πρίν equally as before, Id.Hipp. 302 (v.l. τῶν πρίν)

    ; ἴσα τοῖς πάνυ D.C.Fr.70.6

    ; ἴσα καί.. like as, as if, S.OT 1187(lyr.), E.El. 994 (anap.), Th.3.14;

    ἴσον ὡς.. E. Ion 1363

    ; ὥσπερ .. S.El. 532;

    ὥστε.. E.Or. 882

    ;

    ἅτε.. Id.HF 667

    (lyr.);

    ὅσονπερ.. D.15.1

    .
    2 with Preps.: ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης equally, Th.1.15;

    ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ἴ. ἐχθρός Id.3.40

    ;

    ἀπ' ἴσης εἶναι D.14.6

    ;

    ἀφ' ἵσου SIG426.14

     (Teos, iii B.C.);

    δι' ἴσου D.C.43.37

    ; at equal distance, Pl.R. 617b: also in Math., ex aequali, of proportions, Euc.5 Def.17, al.; δι' ἴ. ἐν τεταραγμένῃ ἀναλογίᾳ ex aequali in disturbed proportion, Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.4,al., Papp.932.11; ἐν ἴσῳ equally, Th.2.53, 4.65; ἐν ἴσῳ ἐστί it matters not, E.IA 1199;

    ἐν ἴσῳ [ἐστὶ] καὶ εἰ.. Th.2.60

    ;

    ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ εἶναι Id.4.10

    ;

    ἐξ ἴσης Pl.Lg. 861a

    : more freq.

    ἐξ ἴσου Hdt.7.135

    , S.OT 563, etc.;

    ἐξ ἴ. τινί Id.Ant. 516

    , 644, Antipho 5.1, Pl.Grg. 517a; evenly,

    εὐθεῖα γραμμή ἐστιν ἥτις ἐξ ἴ. τοῖς ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς σημείοις κεῖται Euc. 1

     Def.4;

    ἐξ ἴ. καὶ.. S.OC 254

    ;

    ὡς.. Id.OT61

    ; οἱ ἐξ ἴ. persons of equal station, Pl.Lg. 777d, cf. 919d;

    ὁ ἐξ ἴ. κίνδυνος Plb.9.4.4

    ;

    ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. γίγνεσθαί τινι Th.2.3

    ;

    τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου ἡμῖν οὖσι X.Hier.8.5

    ;

    ἐξ ἴσου τισὶ τῆς πολιτείας μεταδιδόναι Lys.25.3

    ; ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. μάχεσθαι to be evenly matched, X.HG2.4.16;

    ἐξ ἴ. πολεμεῖν D.8.47

    ; κατὰ μῆνα τὸ αἱροῦν ἐξ ἴ. the sum due in equal monthly instalments, PAmh.2.92.14, etc.; ἐπὶ or

    ἐπ' ἴσης, ἐπὶ ἴ. διαφέρειν τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.1.74

    ;

    τοῦτο ἐπ' ἴσης ἔχει Id.7.50

    , cf. S.El. 1062(lyr.), etc.;

    ἐπ' ἴσου Plb.1.18.10

    ;

    ἐπ' ἴσον Id.6.38.4

    , cf. Docum. ap. D.18.106, Phld.Ir.p.21 W.;

    ἐπὶ ἶσα μάχη τέτατο Il.12.436

    ; cf.

    κατὰ ἶσα μάχην ἐτάνυσσε 11.336

    ;

    κατ' ἴσον Dsc.1.68.6

    , Gal.UP1.19; μετ' ἴσου equally, Demetr.Lac.Herc.124.12.
    V [comp] Comp.

    ἰσαίτερος E.Supp. 441

    , Th.8.89, X.HG7.1.14: [comp] Sup. ἰσότατος Timo 68;

    ἰσαίτατος Ph.1.462

    . Adv.

    ὡς ἰσαίτατα Pl.Lg. 744c

    , but

    ὡς ἰσότατα SIG531.30

     ([place name] Dyme). [[pron. full] ῑ in early [dialect] Ep. (exc. Hes.Op. 752), cf. Sol.24.1: [pron. full] ῐ first in Thgn.678, Sapph.2.1 (but ἶσος Ead.91 s.v.l.), B. 5.46 (but

    ἶσον 1.62

    , Fr.2.2), and always in Pi. (exc. in compd. ῑσοδαίμων) and Trag. (A.Fr. 216 is dub. l.) exc. in compd. ῑσό-θεος (q.v.); dub. in ἰς-όνειρος. Both quantities are found in later poetry, sts. in same line,

    ἔχοισαν ἴσον κάτω, ἶσον ἄνωθεν Theoc.8.19

    ;

    πρέσβυν ἴσον κούροις, ἶσον ἁδόντα κόραις APl.4.309

    .]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἴσος

  • 4 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

     (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

     (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

     ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

     ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

     such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

     ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

     ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

     (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

     ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

     (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

     ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

     : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

     ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

     : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

     ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

     ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

     of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

     one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

     ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

     one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

     a name which..,

    D.19.44

     ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

     (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

     ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

     ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

     : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

     ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

     ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

     ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

     ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

     (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

     ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

     :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

     ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

     ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

     (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

     ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

     that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

     : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

     (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

     (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

     (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

     ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

     (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

     ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

     in some places,

    E.Or. 638

     ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

     in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

     : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

     ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

     ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

     ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

     from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

     ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

     ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

     (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

     (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

     (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

     ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

     ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 5 traducir

    v.
    1 to translate (a otro idioma).
    traducir algo del alemán al castellano to translate something from German into Spanish
    Ellos traducen el libro They translate the book.
    Ellos traducen They translate.
    2 to express.
    una actitud corporal que traduce aplomo y seguridad a posture that conveys composure and self-confidence
    3 to localize.
    Ellos traducen la página Web They localize the Web page.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ CONDUCIR], like link=conducir conducir
    1 (gen) to translate
    2 (expresar) to express, show
    1 (resulta) to result in, give
    \
    traducir directamente to translate direct
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1.
    VT to translate (a into) (de from)
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <texto/escritor> to translate
    2.
    traducirse v pron

    traducirse EN algo — en un ahorro/un beneficio to result in something

    * * *
    = map onto/to, render, translate, dub.
    Ex. The model embodies a semantic synthesiser, which is based on an algorithm that maps the syntactic representation of a tuple or a record onto a semantic representation.
    Ex. Editors should bear in mind problems of translation so that the revised edition can be rendered more easily into other languages.
    Ex. These rules have been translated into many languages.
    Ex. A DVD disc holds between 7 and 20 times as much data as a standard CD-ROM, enough to carry a feature-length film dubbed into 8 languages.
    ----
    * muy difícil de traducir = defy + translation.
    * seguir sin traducirse = remain + untranslated.
    * sin traducir = untranslated.
    * volver a traducir = remap.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <texto/escritor> to translate
    2.
    traducirse v pron

    traducirse EN algo — en un ahorro/un beneficio to result in something

    * * *
    = map onto/to, render, translate, dub.

    Ex: The model embodies a semantic synthesiser, which is based on an algorithm that maps the syntactic representation of a tuple or a record onto a semantic representation.

    Ex: Editors should bear in mind problems of translation so that the revised edition can be rendered more easily into other languages.
    Ex: These rules have been translated into many languages.
    Ex: A DVD disc holds between 7 and 20 times as much data as a standard CD-ROM, enough to carry a feature-length film dubbed into 8 languages.
    * muy difícil de traducir = defy + translation.
    * seguir sin traducirse = remain + untranslated.
    * sin traducir = untranslated.
    * volver a traducir = remap.

    * * *
    traducir [I6 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹texto/escritor› to translate
    es difícil traducir poesía/a Joyce poetry/Joyce is difficult to translate
    traducir DE algo A algo to translate FROM sth INTO sth
    tradujo la carta del inglés al ruso she translated the letter from English into Russian
    2 (expresar) to convey
    la metáfora traduce perfectamente esa sensación the metaphor conveys that feeling perfectly
    B ( Inf) to translate
    traducirse EN algo:
    los cambios se han traducido en un gran ahorro de combustible the changes have resulted in o led to o translated into large fuel savings
    un interés que no se ha traducido en ventas interest which has not been translated into sales
    * * *

     

    traducir ( conjugate traducir) verbo transitivo ‹texto/escritor› to translate;
    traducir DE algo A algo to translate from sth into sth
    traducir verbo transitivo
    1 (un texto) to translate [a, into]
    2 fig (explicar) to make clear
    ' traducir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    don
    - doña
    - haber
    - interpretar
    - verter
    - literalmente
    English:
    interpret
    - put
    - render
    - translate
    - into
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [a otro idioma] to translate;
    traducir algo del alemán al castellano to translate sth from German into Spanish
    2. [expresar] to express, to convey;
    una actitud corporal que traduce aplomo y seguridad a posture that conveys composure and self-confidence
    ♦ vi
    to translate (de/a from/into)
    * * *
    v/t translate;
    traducir algo al/del alemán translate sth into/from German
    * * *
    traducir {61} vt
    1) : to translate
    2) : to convey, to express
    * * *
    traducir vb to translate

    Spanish-English dictionary > traducir

  • 6 comis

    cōmis, e, adj. [etym. dub.; cf. concinnus], courteous, affable, kind, obliging, friendly, loving (class. in prose and poetry; on account of similarity of meaning, in MSS. very freq. interchanged with communis; hence the readings vary in the best edd.; cf. Liv. 25, 12, 9 Drak.; Suet. 2, p. 241 Wolf; Cic. Fin. 2, 25, 80 Madv.).
    A.
    Of persons: comes, benigni, faciles, suaves homines esse dicuntur qui erranti comiter monstrant viam (Enn.; cf. under adv.), Cic. Balb. 16, 36: illum negat et bonum virum et comem et humanum fuisse, etc., id. Fin. 2, 25, 80:

    ego illo usa sum benigno et lepido et comi,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 39 (cf. id. Heaut. 5, 1, 39 Bentl. N. cr.):

    comis et humanus,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 25, 80; cf. Quint. 6, 2, 18; Hor. S. 2, 8, 76:

    quis Laelio comior? quis jucundior?

    Cic. Mur. 31, 66:

    dum illis comis est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 23; so,

    bonis (opp. adversus malos injucundus),

    Tac. Agr. 22 fin.:

    comis erga aliquem,

    Cic. Sen. 17, 59 (al. communis, but comp. id. Fin. l. l. Madv.):

    comis in amicitiis tuendis,

    id. Fin. 2, 25, 80 fin.:

    in uxorem,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 133:

    senex comissimus,

    App. M. 11, p. 268.—
    B.
    Of subjects not personal:

    comi animo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 39:

    ingenium,

    Tac. A. 6, 41 fin.:

    hospitio,

    Liv. 9, 36, 8, cf.:

    vinclum inter hospites comitas,

    Tac. G. 21 fin. Halm:

    sermone et congressu,

    id. A. 15, 48:

    viā (i. e. more),

    id. ib. 4, 7:

    oculis alliciendus amor,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 510.— Adv.: cōmĭter, courteously, affably, etc. (very freq.): homo, qui erranti comiter monstrat viam, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51; id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll.:

    facere aliquid,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 10; id. Rud. 1, 5, 28:

    appellare unumquemque,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 2, 4:

    munera missa legatis,

    Liv. 9, 43, 26; cf. id. 42, 24, 10; 45, 20, 8:

    accipere,

    id. 23, 33, 7; Ov. F. 2, 788; Tac. A. 12, 51:

    invitare regios juvenes,

    Liv. 1, 57, 10:

    celebrare regis convivium,

    id. 1, 22, 5 (al. leg. comi fronte):

    administrare provinciam,

    Tac. H. 1, 13 et saep.; majestatem populi Romani comiter conservato, i. e. willingly, in an obliging, kind manner, a (mildly expressed) formula in treaties of peace, Cic. Balb. 16, 36, cf. Dig. 49, 15, 7; for which, in Liv. 38, 11, 2. imperium majestatemque populi Romani gens Aetolorum conservato sine dolo malo.— Sup., Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 66 dub. (Ritschl, comptissume).— Comp. apparently not in use.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > comis

  • 7 εἶμι

    A ibo), [ per.] 2sg.

    εἶ S. Tr.83

    , Ar.Av. 990, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    εἶς Hes.Op. 208

    ,

    εἶσθα Il. 10.450

    , Od.19.69; [ per.] 3sg. εἶσι; pl. ἴμεν, ἴτε, ἴᾱσι: imper. ἴθι (also εἶ in the compd.

    ἔξει Ar.Nu. 633

     acc. to Sch., but prob. indic.), [ per.] 3pl.

    ἴτωσαν E.IT 1480

    , Pl.Lg. 765a, also

    ἴτων A.Eu.32

    ,

    ἰόντων Th.4.118

    , etc.: subj. ἴω (

    εἴω Sophr.48

    ); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.

    ἴῃσθα Il.10.67

    ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴῃσι 9.701

    ; [dialect] Ep. pl. ἴομεν (for - ωμεν) 2.440: opt. ἴοιμι, οις, οι, 14.21, etc.;

    ἰοίην Sapph.159

    , IG4.760 ([place name] Troezen), X.Smp.4.16, ([etym.] διεξ-) Isoc.5.98; [dialect] Ep.

    ἰείη Il.19.209

    , cf.

    περι-ιεῖεν IG22.1126.18

     (Amphict. Delph.),

    εἴη Il.24.139

    , Od.14.496,

    εἴηι GDI4986.7

     ([place name] Crete): inf. ἰέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴμεναι (ι in Il.20.365 ) or ἴμεν, also

    ἰέμεν Archyt.

     ap. Stob.3.1.106 (dub. l.), ἴναι [pron. full] [ῐ] Orac. ap. Str.9.2.23, (ἐξ-) Machoap.Ath.13.580c, cf. EM467.18 ( προς-εῖναι dub. in Hes. Op. 353): part. ἰών, ἰοῦσα, ἰόν: [tense] impf. ᾔειν, ᾔεις (

    δι-ῄεισθα Pl.Ti. 26c

    ,

    ἐπεξ-ῄεισθα Euthphr.4b

    ), ᾔει or - ειν Id.Ti. 38c, Criti. 117e; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊα, [ per.] 3sg. ἤϊε ([etym.] - εν), [var] contr.

    ᾖε Od.18.257

    ; dual

    ᾔτην Pl.Euthd. 294d

    ; 1 and [ per.] 2pl., ᾖμεν, ᾖτε; [ per.] 3pl., [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊσαν, [dialect] Ep. also ἴσαν, [dialect] Att. ᾖσαν ([etym.] μετ-) Ar.Eq. 605, cf. Fr. 161, ([etym.] ἐπ-) Od.19.445, later ᾔεσαν ([etym.] εἰς-) Arist.Ath.32.1, etc.; also [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴε Il.2.872

    , al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.

    ᾔομεν Od.10.251

    , al., [ per.] 3 dual

    ἴτην Il.1.347

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤϊον Od.23.370

    :—[voice] Med. [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. ἴεμαι, ἰέμην are mere mistakes for ἵεμαι, ἱέμην (from ἵημι), cf. S.OT 1242, E.Supp. 698:—for [tense] fut. εἴσομαι and [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰσάμην, in [ per.] 3sg. εἴσατο, ἐείσατο, [ per.] 3 dual ἐεισάσθην, v. εἴσομαι 11.—The ind. εἶμι usu. has [tense] pres. sense in Hom. ([tense] fut., Il.1.426, 18.280), but in [dialect] Ion. Prose and [dialect] Att. it serves as [tense] fut. to ἔρχομαι (q. v.), I shall go, shall come: the [tense] pres. sense is sts. found in Poetry, prov. αὐτόματοι δ' ἀγαθοὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασι (cf. Pl.Smp. 174b), cf. Theoc.25.90, also in compds. ( προς-) A.Eu. 242, (ἐπ-) Th.4.61, ( συν-) Str.3.2.2. [[pron. full] ῐ- in all tenses, exc. in [dialect] Ep. Subj. ἴομεν for ἴωμεν at the beginning of a verse]:— come or go, the special senses being given by the context, οἴκαδ' ἴμεν go home, Il.17.155;

    τάχ' εἶσθα θύραζε Od.19.69

    , etc.; come,

    οὐδέ μιν οἴω νῦν ἰέναι Il.17.710

    , etc.; go, depart, Od.2.367;

    ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἰόντας Il.12.264

    .
    II c.acc.,
    1 c. acc. loci, go to or into, Od.1.176, 18.194, S.OT 637.
    2 c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἰέναι go a road, Od.10.103; so τὴν ὀρεινήν (sc. ὁδόν) X.Cyr. 2.4.22: metaph.,

    ἄδικον ὁδὸν ἰέναι Th.3.64

    .
    3 go through or over, τὸ μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, of the sun, Hdt.2.25, cf. 26: in Hom., freq. c. gen., ἰὼν πεδίοιο going across the plain, Il.5.597.
    III c. inf. [tense] aor.,

    ἀλλά τις εἴη εἰπεῖν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Od.14.496

    .—On the Homeric βῆ δ' ἴμεν, etc., v. βαίνω.
    2 c. part. [tense] fut., Ἑλένην καλέουσ' ἴε went to call her, Il.3.383, cf. 14.200, Od.15.213; ἤϊα λέξων I was going to tell, Hdt.4.82;

    ἴτω θύσων Pl.Lg. 909d

    ;

    εἴ τις ἱστορίαν γράψων ἴῃ Luc. Hist.Conscr.39

    .
    IV also of other motions besides walking or running, as of going in a ship, esp.

    ἐπὶ νηὸς ἰέναι Od.2.332

    , etc.; of the flight of bees, Il.2.87.
    2 of the motion of things, [πέλεκυς] εἶσιν διὰ δουρός the axe goes through the beam, 3.61; of clouds or vapour, 4.278; of the stars, 22.317; of time, ἔτος εἶσι the year will pass, Od. 2.89; φάτις εἶσι the report goes, 23.362;

    χρόνος.. ἰὼν πόρσω Pi.O.10

     (11).55; ἴτω κλαγγά, βοά, S.Tr. 208 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 857 (lyr.);

    ἡ μοῖρ' ὅποιπερ εἶσ' ἴτω S.OT 1458

    , cf.Pl.Ap. 19a.
    V metaph. usages, ἰέναι ἐς λόγους τινί to enter on a conference with.., Th.3.80, etc.; ἰέναι ἐς τοὺς πολέμους, ἐς τὴν ξυμμαχίαν, Id.1.78, 5.30; ἰέναι ἐς χεῖρας to come to blows, Id.2.3, 81; ἰέναι ἐς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα to obey orders, Id.1.121;

    διὰ δίκης ἰὼν πατρί S.Ant. 742

    ; ἰέναι διὰ μάχης, διὰ φιλίας, etc., v. διά A.IV.b.
    VI imper. ἴθι (with or without δή) come now! mostly folld. by [ per.] 2sg. imper.,

    ἴ. ἐξήγεο Hdt.3.72

    ; ἴθ' ἐγκόνει, ἴθ' ἐκκάλυψον, S.Aj. 988, 1003;

    ἴ. πέραινε Ar.Ra. 1170

    ; in full, ἴ. καὶ πειρῶ go and try, Hdt.8.57: with [ per.] 1pl.,

    ἴ. οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα X.Mem.1.6.4

    , cf. Pl. Prt. 332d;

    ἴτε δὴ ἀκούσωμεν Id.Lg. 797d

    : [ per.] 2 dual,

    ἴθι δὴ παρίστασθον Ar.Ra. 1378

    : also [ per.] 2pl.,

    ἴτε νεύσατε S.OC 248

    , cf. OT 1413.
    2 ἴτω let it pass, well then, Id.Ph. 120, E.Med. 798.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἶμι

  • 8 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

     (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

     (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

     (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

     correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

     ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

     (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

     close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

     in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

     beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

     ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

     (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

     Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

     codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

     (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

     ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

     (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

     codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

     ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

     in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

     D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

     (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

     s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

     in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

     wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

     therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

     (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

     (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

     (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

     (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

     ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

     (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

     (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

     (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

     according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

     (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

     (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

     (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

     by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 9 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

     (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

     (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

     (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

     ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

     (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

     <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 10 ἕτερος

    ἕτερος, α, ον, only [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. with [pref] ἕ-, [dialect] Dor. [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾰ] IG4.914.9 (Epid.), etc. (and [dialect] Att.in crasis, v.infr.), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἄτερος Alc.41.5, etc.:— but [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att. crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, Com.Adesp.14.23 D., al., [dialect] Ion. [full] οὕτερος (fr. ὁ ἕτ-) Hdt.1.34, etc., [dialect] Dor. [full] ὥτερος Theoc.7.36; neut.
    A

    θάτερον A.Ag. 344

    , And.2.7, etc., [dialect] Ion.

    τοὔτερον Hdt.1.32

    : pl. ἅτεροι, for οἱ ἅτεροι, Arist.Pol. 1255a20;

    θάτερα S.El. 345

    , Th.1.87, etc.; gen.

    θατέρου S.Ph. 597

    , etc., [dialect] Ion.

    τοὐτέρου Semon.7.113

    , [dialect] Dor.

    θατέρω Ti.Locr.94a

    ,

    θωτέρω Epich.71

     (dub. l.); dat.

    θατέρῳ A.Pr. 778

    ; fem. nom.

    ἡτέρα IG22.1498.76

    , 1615.14,87 (iv B.C.), S.OC 497, Ar.Lys.85, 90 codd., Paus.Gr.Fr.82; dat.

    θητέρᾳ S.OT 782

    , Tr. 272, E.Hipp. 894, Ar.Av. 1365, etc., cf. Paus.Gr. l.c. (in Mss. sts. θατέρᾳ), [dialect] Ion.

    τἠτέρῃ Phoen.5.2

    .—Later masc. and fem. θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Art., Men.846, Chrysipp. ap. Paus.Gr.Fr.82, Lyc.590, Polem. Cyn.4, Luc.D Mort.26.1 (condemned in Pseudol.29), Gp.14.20.2, etc.;

    τῶν θατέρων Iamb. in Nic. p.83

     P.; θάτερον acc. sg. masc., E. Ion [849].
    I one or the other of two, usu. c. Art. exc. in Poets ; freq. of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (sc. χειρὶ)

    ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον Il.16.734

    ; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν.. τῇ δ' ἑτέρῃ .. 14.272, cf. X.Cyn.10.11; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, Il.12.452, Od.10.171 (but χεὶρ ἑτέρη commonly of the left hand, v. infr. IV.I);

    ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο Il.4.502

    ;

    χωλὸς δ' ἕτερον πόδα 2.217

    , cf. Ar.Ec. 162, Din.1.82;

    ἀμφότεραι αἱ γνάθοι, ἢ ἡ ἑτέρα X.Eq.1.9

    ;

    ἐκκοπεὶς τὸν ἕ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν D.H.5.23

    ;

    εἰς γόνυ θάτερον Philostr.Im.2.20

    ; of pairs in general, Il.5.258, etc.; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, Hdt.3.156;

    ὁ ἕ. τῶν στρατηγῶν Th.4.43

    ;

    τὸ ἕ. τοῖν δυοῖν τειχοῖν Id.7.24

    : freq. of alternatives presented,

    τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν Hdt.4.126

    ; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ', ἢ.. ἢ .. S.El. 345; τοῖνδ' ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. E.Ph. 952 ;

    δυοῖν ἀγαθοῖν τοῦ ἑτέρου τεύξεσθαι Th.4.28

    ; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ.. ἢ .. Pl. Tht. 187c;

    ὅταν δυοῖν καλοῖν θάτερον κάλλιον ᾖ, ἢ τῷ ἑτέρῳ τούτοιν ἢ ἀμφοτέροις ὑπερβάλλον κάλλιόν ἐστιν Id.Grg. 475a

    : in pl., one of two parties or sets, Od.11.258; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, Il.20.210;

    δώῃ δ' ἑτέροισί γε νίκην 7.292

    ;

    ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἔδωκαν 13.303

    : freq. with neg.,

    οὐδ' ἕτεροι 11.71

    .
    2 in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ.., τῷ δ' ἑ. 21.164; τὸν ἕ., ἕ. δὲ .. Od. 5.266;

    ἕ. λευκόν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν Il.3.103

    , etc.: but sts. omitted in one clause, [

    ἕτερος μὲν] κακῶν, ἕ. δὲ ἐάων 24.528

    , cf. 7.420, IG22.1388.46 (prob.), etc.;

    ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη Il.22.149

    , IG12.76.50; ἕ..., ὁ δὲ .. Od.8.374; answered by

    ἄλλος, ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ Il.9.313

    , cf. Od.7.123; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] Il.13.731, cf. Pl.R. 439b, Tht. 184e; τότε μὲν ἕτερα.., τότε δὲ ἄλλα .. Pl.Alc.1.116e; ὁ ἕτερος.., ὁ λοιπός .. X.An.4.1.23 ; ἕτερα.., τὰ δὲ .. S.OC 1454 (lyr.); later

    μίαν μὲν.. ἑτέραν δέ A.D. Synt.172.5

    ;

    τὴν μίαν.. τὴν δ' ἑτέρην AP9.680

    .
    3 repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ' ἐστίν one building follows on another, Od.17.266; <ἀ> δ' ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, Alc.41.5; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, E. Ion [849];

    ἕτεροι ἑτέρων ἠξίωσαν ἄρχειν Th.2.64

    ; ἕτερος ἀφ' ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκον ib.51;

    εἴ τίς τι ἕτερος ἑτέρου προφέρει Id.7.64

    ;

    ξυμμειγνυμένων ἑτέρων ἑτέροις Ar.Av. 701

    ; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, E.Alc. 893 (lyr.);

    ἑτέρᾳ δ' ἕτερος ἕτερον ὄλβῳ καὶ δυνάμει παρῆλθεν Id.Ba. 905

    , cf.S.OC 231 (anap.);

    ἄλλη δ' εἰς ἑτέρην ὀλυφύρετο A.R.1.250

    .
    4 = δεύτερος, second, ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη.., ἡ δὲ τρίτη .. Od.10.352 sq., cf. Il.16.179, al., X.Cyr.2.3.22; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, Arist. EN 1143b3: without Art.,

    ἕ. τέρας Hdt.7.57

    ; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, Pl.Phlb. 13a; cf. IV. 1b.
    b with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc., τόσσοι δ' αὖθ' ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, Hes.Th. 367; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, Hdt.2.149; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, Isoc. 4.153; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, Hdt.1.120, 191; ἑτέρων τοιῶνδε (sc. ἀνθρώπων) ἄρχεις ib. 207; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ.. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, Id.2.127;

    ἄλλα τε τοιαῦθ' ἕτερα μυρία Ar.Fr.333.4

    ; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] D.58.6; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, Id.23.71,74; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, Pythag. ap. Iamb.in Nic. p.35 P.; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, Arist.EN 1161b28;

    εὕρηκε τὸν ἕ., τὸν σέ Men.474

    .
    II without Art., another, of many, with a sense of difference, Il.4.306, Od.7.123, Ar.Ach. 422, Lys.66, etc.;

    ἕ.αὖ τις Id.Eq. 949

    ;

    ἕ. αὖ Id. Pax 295

    , etc.;

    ἕτερα ἄττα Pl.Tht. 188b

    ; repeated

    ἑτέραν χἀτέραν τρικυμίαν Men.536.8

    : with neg., οἷα οὐχ ἕτερα [ἐγένετο] such as none like them had happened, Th.1.23;

    ναυμαχία.. οἵα οὐχ ἑτέρα τῶν προτέρων Id.7.70

    ; οὐδεμιᾶς ἥσσων μᾶλλον ἑτέρας ib. 29 (s.v.l.); οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά .. none other than, Plu.2.671b, cf. UPZ 71.9 (ii B.C.).
    b οἱ ἕ. the rest, Hdt.4.169.
    c ὁ ἑ. ' one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. Ep.Rom.13.6, cf. Ep.Gal.6.4.
    III of another kind, different,

    ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν Od.9.302

    ; τὸ μὲν ἕ., τὸ δὲ ἕ., i.e. they are different, Pl.Men. 97d, cf. R. 346a;

    ἕ. τε καὶ ἀνόμοιον Id.Smp. 186b

    ;

    τὸ δὲ ταὐτὸν ἕ. ἀποφαίνειν καὶ τὸ θάτερον ταὐτόν Id.Sph. 259d

    ;

    ἕ. ἤδη ἦν καὶ οὐχ ὁ αὐτός D.34.12

    ;

    ἑτέραν ἔδωκεν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ὄψιν OGI458.7

     (i B. C.);

    ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον Ep.Gal.1.6

    : coupled with ἄλλος, χἀτέρους ἄλλους πόνους and other different toils, E.Supp. 573 (s.v.l.), cf. Or. 345 (dub.l.);

    Ῥόδον καὶ ἄλλας ἑτέρας πόλεις D.15.27

    ;

    ἕτερον τό τ' ἀλγεῖν καὶ θεωρεῖν ἐστ' ἴσως Philem.75.7

    ;

    ἕτερα φρονῶν καὶ δημηγορῶν Din.1.17

    : c.gen., other than, different from,

    φίλους.. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων Th.1.28

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 333a, D.10.44, etc.; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ .., E.Or. 345, X.Cyr.1.6.2;

    παρὰ ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a

     ;

    ἕτερα πολιτείας εἴδη παρὰ μοναρχίαν Arist.Pol. 1294a25

    , cf. 1286b21.
    2 other than should be, euphem. for

    κακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα S.Ph. 503

    ;

    ἀγάθ' ἢ θάτερα, ἵνα μηδὲν εἴπω φλαῦρον D. 22.12

    : abs., δαίμων ἕ. Pi.P.3.34; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, E.Med. 639 (lyr.), HF 1238;

    ἐὰν τὰ ἕ. ψηφίσωνται οἱ δικασταί D.48.30

    ; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), Isoc.19.25, cf. Pl.Phd. 114e, Euthd. 280e, Aristid.2.117 J.
    IV Special Phrases:
    1 elliptical, mostly in dat. fem.,
    a τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (sc. χειρί), [dialect] Ep. ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (v. sub init.); with the left hand, Od.3.441, Il.22.80, Theoc.24.45: hence prov., οὐ τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ληπτός not to be caught with one hand, Pl.Sph. 226a;

    ἐκ δ' ἑτέρης A.R.1.1115

    , AP 9.650 (Leont.).
    c (sc. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way,

    καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἀτέρᾳ S.OC 1444

    ; another way,

    τρέπεσθαι Ar.Nu. 812

    ;

    ἑτέρᾳ πῃ Id.Eq.35

    ; τότ' ἄλλοσ'.., θατέρᾳ δὲ .. S.Tr. 272; θατέρᾳ.., θατέρᾳ .. in one way.., in the other.., Henioch.5.16 ;

    ἑτέρηφι Hes.Op. 216

    : acc.

    ἑτέραν ἐκτρέπεσθαι Luc.Tim.5

    .
    2 adverb. with Preps.:
    a ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα.., ἐπὶ θ. δὲ .. Hp.Art.7; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ' ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Sph. 259c: also with another Prep., ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θάτερα to or on the other side, Th.1.87; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, Id.7.37; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ., ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Prt. 314e: c. gen.,

    ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θ. τοῦ ποταμοῦ Th.7.84

    ;

    εἰς τἀπὶ θ. τῆς πόλεως X.HG6.2.7

    ;

    τὸ ἐπὶ θάτερον τῆς ῥινός Hp.Art.35

    .
    b κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side,

    κατὰ θ. ἀστός D.57.30

    ;

    ψόφου κατὰ θ. προσπεσόντος Plu.Brut.51

    , etc.; but καθ' ἕτερα at other points, Th.7.42.
    V Adv. [full] ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opp. ἀμφοτέρως, Pl.Tht. 181e; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ., = ἀμφοτέρως, Id.Phdr. 235a; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, = ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι, Philostr.VA3.39.
    2 differently, rarely in Poetry,

    οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ Theoc.Ep.10.3

    ; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, Ar.Pl. 371: freq. in Prose, ὡς ἑ. in the other way (cf. ὡς)

    , ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν Hp.Art.34

    , cf. Pl.Sph. 266a, etc.; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ' ὡς ἑ. D.18.85, cf. 212: c. gen., differently from,

    ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων Pl.Plt. 295d

    ; ἑ. ἤπερ .. Ael.NA12.28.
    3 otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in Hom.,

    ἑ. ἐβόλοντο Od.1.234

    ;

    εἰ καὶ ἑ. τοῦτο ἀπέβη SIG851.10

     (Marc.Aur.);

    εἴ τι ἑ. φρονεῖτε Ep.Phil. 3.15

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἕτερος

  • 11 sermo

    sermo, ōnis, m. [2. sero, qs. serta, conserta oratio], a speaking or talking with any one; talk, conversation, discourse:

    sermo est a serie: sermo enim non potest in uno homine esse solo, sed ubi oratio cum altero conjuncta,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 64 Müll. (very freq. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen. (syn. colloquium): quoniam magna vis orationis est eaque duplex, altera contentionis, altera sermonis: contentio disceptationibus tribuatur judiciorum, contionum, senatus: sermo in circulis, disputationibus, congressionibus familiarium versetur;

    sequatur etiam convivia, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 37, 132:

    quod mihi servus sermonem serat,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 37:

    sermones serere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 106:

    multa inter sese vario sermone serebant,

    Verg. A. 6, 160:

    sermonem nobiscum ibi copulat,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 42:

    dum sermones fabulandi conferant,

    id. ib. prol. 34:

    caput et pes sermonis,

    id. As. 3, 3, 139:

    cum ea tu sermonem nec joco nec serio Tibi habeas,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 25; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 1:

    ibi illa cum sermonem occipit,

    id. Eun. 4, 1, 8:

    dum sermones caedimus,

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 1:

    sermonem cum aliquo conferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 136; id. Inv. 2, 4, 14:

    in nostris sermonibus collocutionibusque,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 4:

    mature veniunt, discumbitur: fit sermo inter eos,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:

    dum longior consulto ab Ambiorige instituitur sermo,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 37:

    sermonis aditum cum aliquo habere,

    id. ib. 5, 41:

    nullum tibi omnino cum Albinovano sermonem ullā de re fuisse,

    Cic. Vatin. 1, 3; id. de Or. 2, 73, 296:

    erat in ore, in sermone omnium,

    id. Phil. 10, 7, 14; cf.: memini in eum sermonem illum incidere, qui tum fere multis erat in ore, id. Lael. 1, 2:

    aestivam sermone benigno tendere noctem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 11:

    referre sermones deorum,

    id. C. 3, 3, 71 (cf.:

    consiliantibus divis,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 18):

    et euntem multa loquendo Detinuit sermone diem,

    Ov. M. 1, 683:

    nunc inter eos tu sermo es,

    you are the talk, Prop. 2, 21 (3, 14), 7:

    jucundus est mihi sermo litterarum tuarum,

    the conversing with you by letter, Cic. Fam. 7, 32, 3; cf.:

    littera sermonis fida ministra mei,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 7, 2.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Literary conversation, discourse, disputation, discussion (cf. oratio): tum Furius: Quid vos agitis? num sermonem vestrum aliquem diremit noster interventus? Minime vero, Africanus;

    soles enim tu haec studiose investigare, quae sunt in hoc genere, de quo instituerat paulo ante Tubero quaerere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17; cf. id. ib. 1, 13, 19:

    in sermonem ingredi (just before: in disputationem ingredi),

    id. ib. 1, 24, 38:

    (Scaevola) exposuit nobis sermonem Laelii de amicitiā habitum ab illo secum... Ejus disputationis sententias memoriae mandavi, etc.... ut tamquam a praesentibus haberi sermo videretur,

    id. Lael. 1, 3:

    rebus his, de quibus hic sermo est,

    id. Fin. 3, 12, 40:

    feci sermonem inter nos habitum in Cumano. Tibi dedi partes Antiochinas, etc.,

    id. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    in quo (circulo) de philosophiā sermo haberetur,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 3:

    Socratici sermones,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 9; cf. Quint. 6, 3, 44; 2, 15, 26:

    in longum sermonem me vocas, Attice,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 13:

    nunc enim sermo de naturā est,

    our subject, Plin. 11, 19, 21, § 67; 3, 1, pr. § 2; 16, 32, 58, § 134; Macr. Somn. Scip. 2, 17, 15; Capitol. Gord. 3, 3 init. —
    b.
    Concr., a talk, speech, discourse (more informal and unpretending than oratio):

    meos multos et illustres et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 2; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 2; Quint. 11, 2, 24.—
    2.
    Ordinary speech, speaking, talking, the language of conversation (opp. contentio):

    sermo est oratio remissa et finitima cottidianae locutioni,

    Auct. Her. 3, 13, 23; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 37, 132:

    mollis est oratio philosophorum et umbratilis, etc.... Itaque sermo potius quam oratio dicitur,

    id. Or. 19, 64: in argumentis Caecilius poscit palmam, in sermonibus Plautus, i. e. in dialogue, Varr. ap. Non. 374, 9:

    soluta oratio, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19:

    C. Piso, statarius et sermonis plenus orator,

    Cic. Brut. 68, 239:

    si quis scribat, uti nos, Sermoni propiora,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 42:

    vocem sermoni proximam,

    Quint. 11, 3, 162:

    ut litigantes quoque a sermone incipiant, ad vociferationem transeant,

    Sen. Ep. 15, 6.—Of prose as opposed to poetry:

    comoedia... nisi quod pede certo Differt sermoni sermo merus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 48:

    et tragicus plerumque dolet sermone pedestri Telephus et Peleus, etc.,

    id. A. P. 95.—
    b.
    Concr., of verses in a conversational style, a satire:

    ille (delectatur) Bioneis sermonibus et sale nigro,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 60:

    Albi, nostrorum sermonum candide judex,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 1:

    nec sermones ego mallem Repentes per humum quam res componere gestas,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 250.—
    3.
    With reference to some particular object, common talk respecting any thing, report, rumor (syn.:

    fama, rumor): vulgi sermo,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1:

    nunc per urbem solus sermo est omnibus, Eum, etc.,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 4:

    sermo est totā Asiā dissipatus, Cn. Pompeium, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 6, 14:

    mihi venit in mentem multum fore sermonem, me, etc.,

    id. Att. 7, 23, 2:

    si istiusmodi sermones ad te delati de me sunt, non debuisti credere,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 5 sq.:

    in sermonem hominum venire,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 7, § 13:

    audita et percelebrata sermonibus res est,

    id. Cael. 29, 69; cf.:

    vix feram sermones hominum, si, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 9, 23:

    vestrae perigrinantur aures, neque in hoc pervagato civitatis sermone versantur,

    this talk of the town, id. Mil. 12, 33:

    refrigerato jam levissimo sermone hominum,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:

    sermones inimicorum effugere,

    id. Cael. 16, 38:

    sermones lacessere, reprimere,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 7: retudit sermones, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 1:

    ne putet aliquid oratione meā sermonis in sese aut invidiae esse quaesitum,

    of slander, calumny, Cic. Fl. 5, 13:

    dabimus sermonem iis, qui, etc.,

    give them something to talk about, id. Fam. 9, 3; so,

    materiam sermonibus praebere,

    Tac. H. 4, 4: cataplus ille Puteolanus, sermo illius temporis, Cic. [p. 1680] Rab. Post. 14, 40 B. and K. dub.; v. Orell. N. cr. —
    II.
    Transf., a manner of speaking, mode of expression, language, style, diction, etc. (cf. lingua):

    sermone eo debemus uti, qui notus est nobis, ne, ut quidam Graeca verba inculcantes jure optimo rideamur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111:

    cujus (Terentii) fabellae propter elegantiam sermonis putabantur a C. Laelio scribi,

    id. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    et sane quid est aliud vetus sermo quam vetus loquendi consuetudo?

    Quint. 1, 6, 43; 12, 2, 3.—
    B.
    A language, the speech of a nation, etc.:

    cui (Catulo) non solum nos Latini sermonis, sed etiam Graeci ipsi solent suae linguae subtilitatem elegantiamque concedere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 7, 28:

    in Latino sermone,

    id. ib. 3, 11, 42:

    quae philosophi Graeco sermone tractavissent, ea Latinis litteris mandaremus,

    id. Fin. 1, 1, 1:

    patrii sermonis egestas,

    Lucr. 1, 832; 3, 260:

    cum lingua Catonis et Enni Sermonem patrium ditaverit,

    Hor. A. P. 57:

    aves, quae sermonem imitantur humanum... Agrippina turdum habuit imitantem sermones hominum... lusciniae Graeco atque Latino sermone dociles,

    Plin. 10, 42, 59, § 120.—
    C.
    Of a single expression:

    si quis ita legaverit: Fructus annuos, etc., perinde accipi debet hic sermo, ac si, etc.,

    Dig. 7, 1, 20; 11, 7, 2, § 1; 28, 5, 29.— Hence, of a single word (late Lat.): deos sermo Graecus est, Cassiod. in Psa. 21, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sermo

  • 12 afl

    * * *
    II) n.
    1) physical strength (ramr styrkr, at afli);
    2) force, violence taka með afli, by force;
    3) plurality of votes, majority; ok skal afl ráda, the majority shall decide;
    4) virtue, inherent power; afl dauðfœrandi grasa, the virtue of poisonous herbs.
    * * *
    m. [Grimm mentions an O. H. G. aval; abal is a dub. άπ. λεγ. in A. S. poetry, Ormul. avell]
    1. strength, esp. physical force; afreksmaðr at afli ok áræði, Eg. 1; styrkr at afli, Fms. i. 19; ramr at afli, 155; fullkominn at afli ok hyggju, bodily and mental vigour, Ld. 256; stillt þú þó vel aflinu, at þú verðir eigi kendr, Nj. 32; hafa afl til e-s, be a match for, be able to do, Gþl. 411.
    β. virtue; afl dauðfærandi grasa, virtue of poisonous herbs, 623. 26.
    2. metaph. strength, power, might, Th. 19.
    3. a law term, force, validity; dæmdu vér þetta boð Bjarna úlögligt ok ekki afl hafa, void, Dipl. iii. 3.
    4. a law term, majority, odds, in the phrase, ok skal afl ráða, plurima vota valeant; ef gerðarmenn ( umpires) verða eigi ásáttir ok skal a ráða, Grág. i. 493; nú verða fjórðungsmenn eigi ásáttir, þá skal afl ráða með þeim, i. l, cp. 44, 531 (where it is used of a jury); en ef þeir verða eigi ásáttir er í lögréttu sitja hvat þeir vilja lofa eðr í lög leiða, þá skolu þeir ryðja lögréttu (viz. divide) ok skal ráða a. með þeim, Nj. 150.
    5. force, violence; taka með afli, Stj. 4. 30; bjóða e-m afl, Bs. ii. 106.
    COMPDS: aflsmunr, aflsraun.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > afl

  • 13 GÁLKN

    n. [prob. a Fin. word; Lap. galco = a beast], a monster; in old poetry weapons are called hlífa-g.; randar-gálkn, the beast of shield and armour, Lex. Poët.; else in prose, finn-gálkn, q. v.; hrein-gálkn, a dub. word, Hým. 24.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÁLKN

  • 14 certus

    certus, a, um [orig. P. a. from cerno; hence], adj., determined, resolved, fixed, settled, purposed: non dubius.
    I.
    (Acc. to cerno, II. D.) Certum est (mihi), it is determined, it is my ( thy, his, etc.) decision, resolution, will, I am resolved, I mean, etc. (mostly ante-class.; most freq. in Plaut.); with inf.: quorum virtuti belli Fortuna pepercit, Eorundem me libertati parcere certum est, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 206 Vahl.):

    certum'st hominem eludere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 109:

    tibi credere,

    id. Aul. 4, 9, 7; cf. id. Capt. 3, 1, 32; id. Curc. 2, 1, 1; id. Cas. 2, 4, 15; id. Cist. 3, 1, 16; id. Ep. 5, 1, 57; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 37; id. Most. 1, 3, 80; id. Men. 5, 6, 12; id. Mil. 2, 3, 32; id. Merc. 3, 1, 7; id. Ps. 1, 5, 138; id. Poen. 5, 5, 25; id. Pers. 2, 2, 39; id. Rud. 3, 3, 22; id. Stich. 5, 4, 2; id. Trin. 2, 1, 34; id. Truc. 2, 6, 68; Ter. And. 2, 1, 11; id. Eun. 1, 2, 108: certum est deliberatumque, quae ad causam pertinere arbitror, omnia dicere, Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:

    certum atque decretum est non dare signum,

    Liv. 2, 45, 13:

    certum est igni circumdare muros,

    Verg. A. 9, 153.—Certum'st mihi with inf., Plaut. As. 1, 3, 94; 3, 3, 23; id. Cas. 1, 1, 3; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Ps. 4, 8, 2; Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144; Liv. 35, 46, 13; Ov. M. 9, 53 al.—Without inf., esp. parenthet., with expression of purpose by a fut. tense:

    certum est, malam rem potius quaeram cum lucro,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 15:

    certum est, jam dicam patri,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 15:

    certum est, ibo ad medicum,

    id. Merc. 2, 4, 4: An. Certumn' est tibi? Ly. Certum, id. Poen. 2, 48; cf. id. Stich. 4, 2, 33.—With pron. or subst.: Ar. Certumne'st tibi istuc? He. Non moriri certius, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 74;

    so further with istuc,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 20; Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 30:

    mihi autem abjurare certius est quam dependere,

    Cic. Att. 1, 8, 3:

    ad eum senem oppugnare certum est consilium,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 60:

    quae nunc sunt certa ei consilia, etc.,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 16:

    certa res hanc est objurgare,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 73; so id. Merc. 5, 2, 16; id. Mil. 2, 4, 45; Ter. And. 2, 2, 31; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 16.—
    b.
    (From the time of the Aug. poets.) Transf. to the person who is determined upon something, determined, resolved, bent.
    (α).
    With inf.:

    certa mori,

    Verg. A. 4, 564 (cf. id. ib. 4, 475:

    decrevitque mori): certi non cedere,

    Ov. M. 9, 43:

    certa sequi,

    Val. Fl. 5, 47.—
    (β).
    With gen. (cf. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Zumpt, Gr. § 437, n. 1;

    A. and S. § 213, R. 1): certus eundi,

    Verg. A. 4, 554; Ov. M. 11, 440:

    desciscendi,

    Tac. H. 4, 14:

    relinquendae vitae,

    id. A. 4, 34:

    necis,

    Sil. 6, 27:

    fugae,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 12:

    destinationis,

    Tac. A. 12, 32:

    sceleris,

    id. ib. 12, 66:

    consilii,

    id. H. 2, 46.—
    (γ).
    With an:

    nec sat certa an cederet armis,

    Sil. 9, 480.—
    II.
    An epithet of all those objects whose existence or reality is fixed, determined (hence in connection with definitus, Quint. 7, 10, 7;

    with praefinitus,

    Suet. Galb. 14), or in respect to which there can be no doubt (hence opp. dubius, Quint. 7, 6, 3; 5, 12, 3; 12, 3, 6 al.).
    A.
    Object.
    1.
    Of things whose external qualities, number, etc., are invariable, established, settled, fixed, particular, specified, etc. (class.):

    Arboribus primum certis gravis umbra tributa,

    Lucr. 6, 783:

    fruges, bacae,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:

    jam ad certas res conficiendas certos homines delectos ac descriptos habebat,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    concilium in diem certam indicere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30 fin.;

    so with dies,

    a fixed term, Cato, R. R. 149, 1; Cic. Att. 6, 2, 9; Nep. Chabr. 3, 1; Liv. 1, 50, 1; Tac. G. 9 al.; cf.:

    certis diebus,

    Verg. G. 2, 329:

    quaerere ab judicibus cur in certa verba jurent, cur certo tempore conveniant, certo discedant,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 45, 132; cf. Suet. Aug. 41:

    certum praefinitumque tempus,

    id. Galb. 14; and:

    certum statumque vectigal,

    id. Calig. 40:

    pecunia (opp. arbitraria), v. arbitrarius: finis aerumnarum,

    Lucr. 1, 108; cf. id. 2, 512; 8, 1091; Hor. S. 1, 1, 106; id. Ep. 1, 2, 56:

    locus,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 1, 6:

    numerus,

    id. ib. 7, 75:

    signum,

    fixed, agreed upon, id. B. C. 1, 27:

    naves,

    fixed in number and quality, id. ib. 1, 56:

    pecuniae imperabantur,

    id. ib. 3, 32 fin.:

    conviva,

    i. e. a daily, constant guest, Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 75 Schmid:

    ecquem tu illo certiorem nebulonem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 21, 2.—
    b.
    But sometimes indef., like quidam, and our certain, of things, the certainty of whose existence is given, but whose nature is not more definitely designated, or comes not into consideration (cf. aliquis):

    Cephaloedi mensis est certus, quo mense sacerdotem maximum creari oporteat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 128:

    habet certos sui studiosos,

    id. Brut. 16, 64:

    (hunc) certis rebus imperatis regnare jussit,

    id. Sest. 27, 58:

    certi homines ad eam rem periti,

    id. ib. 18, 41:

    res a certis hominibus corrupta,

    id. Fam. 1, 2, 3; 4, 9, 2; 16, 11, 2; id. Marcell. 6, 16; id. Deiot. 4, 11; Liv. 34, 61, 7.—Hence in Quint. several times in connection with quidam and aliquis:

    ad certas quasdam dicendi leges alligati,

    Quint. 8, prooem. § 2; so id. 8, prooem. § 12; 4, 2, 28; 5, 10, 2; 5, 10, 5; 9, 4, 8;

    11, 2, 28: aliquos compositionis certos pedes,

    id. 10, 2, 13; so id. 7, prooem. § 4; and subst.:

    in his certos aliquos docebit,

    id. 2, 8, 13.—
    2.
    Trop., of things whose internal moral qualities are established, fixed, can be relied upon, sure, unerring, to be depended upon, true, faithful, [p. 321] etc. (so most freq. in all periods and species of composition; syn.: firmus, confirmatus, exploratus, indubitatus, manifestus al.).
    a.
    Of persons: amicus certus in re incertā cernitur, Enn. ap. Cic. Lael. 17, 64; cf.:

    tu ex amicis certis mi es certissimus,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 57:

    certi homines, quibus dem litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; cf. id. Cat. 3, 7, 16; Nep. Paus. 2, 4; id. Alcib. 10, 1; Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 53; id. Verr. 2, 2, 64, § 156:

    certus enim promisit Apollo, etc.,

    Hor. C. 1, 7, 28:

    auctor (mortis),

    Quint. 6, 3, 68; cf. Suet. Tib. 5:

    adversus hostem nec spe nec animo certiorem, i. e. firmiorem,

    Liv. 10, 35, 17: apud latera certos collocaverat, Sall. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 1, 576 (H. 1, 53 Dietsch); cf. Nep. Dion, 9, 2:

    per litora certos dimittam,

    Verg. A. 1, 576:

    certissimus auctor (Phoebus),

    id. G. 1, 432.—
    b.
    Of things:

    satis animo certo et confirmato,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77; cf.

    pectora,

    Verg. A. 9, 249, and certior indoles, Suet. Ner. 10:

    promissa,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 12, 1:

    parata dicendi copia et certa,

    Quint. 10, 6, 6; id. 6, prooem. §

    9: jus,

    id. 12, 3, 6 et saep.:

    jactus (telorum),

    Tac. A. 14, 37; cf.

    in this sense certa hasta,

    Verg. A. 11, 767:

    sagitta,

    Hor. C. 1, 12, 23:

    fides segetis,

    id. ib. 3, 16, 30:

    spes,

    id. C. S. 74:

    trames,

    id. S. 2, 3, 49:

    lar,

    id. Ep. 1, 7, 58 al.:

    plana et certa,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 1:

    certa et clara,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 1 Ruhnk.; so Liv. 22, 39, 22; cf. Hor. S. 2, 6, 27.—Subst., with gen.:

    certa maris,

    Tac. H. 4, 81.—
    B.
    Subject., of that which is established by evidence, etc., placed beyond doubt, certain, sure, true, proved, established (class.; esp. freq. in neutr.):

    cum ad has suspitiones certissimae res accederent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 5, 29:

    incerta pro certis malebant,

    Sall. C. 17, 6; cf.:

    incerta pro certis mutare,

    id. J. 83, 1:

    postremo certior res,

    Liv. 29, 6, 12:

    certiora esse dicunt quam, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 5, 13; id. Att. 3, 11, 2; Liv. 10, 35, 12: So. Satin hoc certum'st? Ge. Certum:

    hisce oculis egomet vidi,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 31:

    jam satis certumst virginem vitiatam esse?

    id. Enn. 4, 4, 36:

    cum certius tibi sit me esse Romae quam mihi te Athenis,

    Cic. Att. 1, 9, 1:

    id parum certum est,

    Liv. 5, 35, 3:

    cum de altero intellectu certum est, de altero dubium,

    Quint. 7, 6, 3; cf. id. 7, 3, 4: non certum traditur, with interrog.-clause, Liv. 2, 8, 8:

    nec quicquam certi respondes mihi?

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 84:

    neque tanto spatio certi quid esset explorari poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 45:

    certum inveniri non potest ne... an,

    id. B. C. 1, 25:

    si quicquam humanorum certi est,

    Liv. 5, 33, 1: Ph. Civemne? Th. Arbitror:

    Certum non scimus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 31; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 98; Cic. Att. 12, 23, 2.—So, certum scire, to know for a certainty, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 12; id. Hec. 3, 1, 44; Cic. Fam. 9, 23 init.:

    certum habere,

    to reckon certain, id. Att. 1, 13, 1; Liv. 36, 28, 4; 5, 3, 2; Quint. 2, 3, 9; Col. 2, 22, 5 al.:

    certum respondeo,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 92:

    cognoscere, Auct. B. Alex. 53: comperire, Auct. B. Hisp. 22.—So also pro certo habere,

    Cic. Att. 10, 6, 3; Matius ap. Cic. Att. 9, 15, A med.; Sall. C. 52, 17; Suet. Dom. 23:

    negare,

    Cic. Att. 5, 21, 5:

    polliceri,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 102:

    dicere aliquid,

    id. Brut. 3, 10:

    ponere,

    Liv. 23, 6, 8:

    scire,

    id. 25, 10, 1:

    affirmare,

    id. 27, 1, 13; 3, 23, 7; cf. id. 1, 3, 2 Drak.:

    creditur,

    Sall. C. 15, 2:

    coeperit esse,

    Quint. 5, 12, 2:

    certius cognoscere ex aliquo de aliquā re,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 52, 5.—Strengthened by comp.:

    quin nihil invenies magis hoc certo certius,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 111; cf.:

    et hoc certo certius est et saepissime constitutum,

    Dig. 42, 8, 10, § 14:

    certo certius,

    Ambros. in Ephes. 5; Paul. Vit. St. Ambros. 25; App. M. 9, p. 237, 27.—In Plaut. certum or certius facere alicui, to give certainty to one concerning any thing, make him certain, Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 17; 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 2, 2, 4.—
    2.
    Transf. to the person who is made certain in reference to a thing, certain, sure:

    certi sumus periisse omnia,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 5:

    num quid nunc es certior?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 191:

    posteritatis,

    i. e. of posthumous fame, Plin. Ep. 9, 3, 1:

    sententiae,

    Quint. 4, 3, 8:

    judicii,

    Sen. Ep. 45, 9:

    certus de suā geniturā,

    Suet. Vesp. 25:

    damnationis,

    id. Tib. 61:

    exitii,

    Tac. A. 1, 27:

    spei,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    matrimonii,

    id. A. 12, 3:

    certi sumus, etc.,

    Gell. 18, 10, 5.—In class. prose mostly in the phrase certiorem facere aliquem (de aliquā re, alicujus rei, with a foll, acc. and inf., with a rel.-clause or absol.), to inform, apprise one of a thing:

    me certiorem face,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 69:

    ut nos facias certiores,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 32:

    uti se (sc. Caesarem) de his rebus certiorem faciant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2:

    qui certiorem me sui consilii fecit,

    Cic. Att. 9, 2, a, 2:

    Caesarem certiorem faciunt, sese non facile ab oppidis vim hostium prohibere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 11:

    faciam te certiorem quid egerim,

    Cic. Att. 3, 11, 1.— With subj. only:

    milites certiores facit, paulisper intermitterent proelium,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5 fin. — Pass.:

    quod crebro certior per me fias de omnibus rebus,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so Caes. B. G. 1, 7; Sall. J. 104, 1:

    Caesar certior factus est, tres jam copiarum partes Helvetios id flumen transduxisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12; so id. ib. 1, 21; 1, 41; 2, 1; Sall. J. 82, 2; Nep. Att. 12, 3:

    factus certior, quae res gererentur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    non consulibus certioribus factis,

    Liv. 45, 21, 4.—Also in posit., though rarely:

    fac me certum quid tibi est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 16; 4, 6, 35; Verg. A. 3, 179:

    lacrimae suorum Tam subitae matrem certam fecere ruinae,

    Ov. M. 6, 268.— Hence, adv. in two forms.
    A.
    certō, with certainty, certainly, surely, of a truth, in fact, really, object. and subject. (cf. supra, II. A. and B.); only in the comic poets, and sometimes (most. freq. in his epistt.) in Cic., while the adverbial form certe belongs to all periods and all species of composition. The difference between them is, perhaps, merely historical; but v. infra, certe, B. I. 2. init.
    1.
    Object.:

    perii certo, haud arbitrario,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 42; cf. id. Merc. 2, 3, 106:

    mihi certo nomen Sosia'st,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 176; id. Men. 2, 2, 39; Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 12:

    nihil ita exspectare quasi certo futurum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81 (cf. the passage cited under certo, I. 1., from id. Div. 2, 7, 18).—
    b.
    In affirm. answers: Me. Liberum ego te jussi abire? Mes. Certo, yes, certainly, Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 9; so id. ib. 5, 9, 50; 2, 3, 38; id. Poen. 5, 5, 21; Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
    2.
    Subject.
    a.
    In gen. (very rare):

    certo enim ego vocem hic loquentis modo mi audire visus sum,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 5, 4:

    ego rus abituram me esse certo decrevi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 10: Th. Quid aīs? Py. Atqui certo comperi, id. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
    b.
    Esp. in the formula of asseveration, certo scio, I certainly know, I am fully persuaded, beyond all doubt (class.):

    certo edepol scio, me vidisse, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 2; id. Truc. 1, 1, 49; Ter. And. 5, 4, 26; id. Ad. 4, 5, 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 119; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 19:

    quod te moleste ferre certo scio,

    Cic. Att. 1, 12, 3; 2, 23, 2; id. Fam. 4, 13, 6; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 21; id. Phil. 3, 6, 17; id. Sen. 1, 1; 1, 2; Sall. J. 9, 2; id. C. 51, 16:

    veniunt in mentem mihi permulta: vobis plura, certo scio,

    Cic. Caecin. 19, 55 (cf. under certe, I. 2.).—
    B.
    certē (class.; cf. supra, certo init.).
    I.
    Affirming strongly, with certainty, certainly, undoubtedly, assuredly, surely, really.
    1.
    Object.:

    certe edepol, tu me alienabis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 243:

    ego quidem ab hoc certe exorabo,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:

    certe hercle,

    id. As. 2, 1, 15; cf. Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 8; Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 71; Ter. And. 2, 2, 10:

    quom is certe Renuntiarit,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 4:

    certe captus est!

    id. And. 1, 1, 55:

    certe ut videamur cernere eum,

    Lucr. 4, 760:

    si enim scit, certe illud eveniet: sin certe eveniet, nulla fortuna est,

    Cic. Div. 2, 7, 18; cf. id. N. D. 1, 2, 5:

    fuit certe id aequum et certe exspectatum est, etc.,

    id. Planc. 16, 38:

    ea certe vera sunt,

    id. Mil. 35, 96:

    M. Catoni certe licuit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    jam illa perfugia certe minime sunt audienda,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    cum se certe decessurum videret,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 44, § 104; Cat. 62, 8:

    certe hinc Romanos olim fore ductores pollicitus,

    Verg. A. 1, 234:

    o dea certe,

    a goddess surely, id. ib. 1, 328:

    postremo expellet certe vivacior heres,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 132:

    placuit tibi, Delphice, certe, Dum, etc.,

    Ov. M. 2, 543 al. — Comp.:

    speculatores mittere, qui certius explorata referant,

    Liv. 3, 40, 13; 35, 48, 3:

    si reperire vocas amittere certius,

    Ov. M. 5, 519; App. M. 2, p. 118, 1.— Sup., Tert. Pall. 4.—
    b.
    In an answer of affirmation:

    estne ipsus an non est! Is est, Certe is est, is est profecto,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 65; so Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53; Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9; id. Clu. 54, 149; id. Phil. 1, 15, 37; id. Ac. 2, 35, 113; and in confirmation of a preceding fact: venerat, ut opinor, haec res in judicium. Certe, certainly, surely, Cic. Rosc. Com. 14, 42; id. Fam. 4, 2, 5; id. Or. 42, 144; cf. id. Off. 3, 29, 105; id. Fin. 2, 27, 91.—
    2.
    Subject., mostly in the phrase certe scio, I know to a certainty, I am sure (acc. to Klotz ad Cic. Sen. 1, 2, certe scio = certum est me scire, I am fully convinced: certo scio = certum est quod scio, my knowledge is accurate, etc.):

    certe edepol scio, si aliud quicquam est quod credam aut certo sciam, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 115:

    edepol certo scio,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 20:

    scelestiorem me hac anu certe scio Vidisse numquam,

    id. Aul. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. Arch. 12, 32:

    ex litteris certe scire potuistis,

    id. Font. 4, 8; id. Phil. 12, 12, 29:

    quod iste certe statuerat ac deliberaverat non adesse,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1.—
    b.
    In affirm. answers: Ar. Ain' vero? Le. Certe, inquam, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 132: Ch. Ain'tu? So. Certe, sic erit, Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 12.—
    c.
    In a subjective supposition or presumption that a thing is so, certainly, surely, assuredly, doubtless, of course; Gr. isôs:

    ah nugas agis, Certe habes,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 25; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:

    si me tanti facis, quanti certe facis,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3; 7, 8, 1; cf. Verg. A. 1, 234; Ov. M. 2, 423; Prop. 2, 7, 1. —
    (β).
    In interrog., Cic. Leg. 1, 1, 3; Suet. Aug. 33.—
    II.
    Affirming with restriction, yet surely, yet indeed, at least, notwithstanding (very freq. in prose and poetry, esp. after the class. per.).
    A.
    Alone:

    si non ipsā re tibi istuc dolet, Simulare certe est hominis,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 16:

    cingitur, certe expedit se,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 152:

    ut homines mortem vel optare incipiant, vel certe timere desistant,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49, 117:

    haec... sint falsa sane, invidiosa certe non sunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 105:

    qui... ut non referat pedem, sistet certe,

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 8:

    res fortasse verae, certe graves,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7; cf. Liv. 9, 11, 13:

    consulatum unum certe plebis Romanae esse,

    id. 22, 34, 11:

    quos quoniam caeli nondum dignamur honore, Quas dedimus certe terras habitare sinamus,

    Ov. M. 1, 195 et saep.:

    quo quid sit beatius, mihi certe in mentem venire non potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81; so,

    ego certe,

    Quint. 8, 3, 65; 9, 4, 57:

    certe ego,

    Sall. J. 31, 5; Ov. H. 19, 81; id. M. 13, 840; id. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    mihi certe,

    Quint. 10, 3, 23:

    ipse certe,

    id. 8, 6, 30; Curt. 7, 4, 19; 7, 6, 22.—
    B.
    With other particles.
    1.
    With tamen:

    illud certe tamen, quod jam amplexi sumus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 22; id. Sen. 23, 84.—
    2.
    With at: quod (consilium) si non fuerit prudens, at certe ab optima fide proficiscetur, Balb. et opp. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A, 1; Ov. F. 3, 351; cf. at II. 3.—
    3.
    With sed: non integrā re, sed certe minus infractā, quam, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 10, 8; cf. Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 56 dub. B. and K. —
    4.
    With quidem:

    ubi sit animus, certe quidem in te est,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    quoniam volumus quidem certe senes fieri,

    id. Sen. 2, 6; id. Quint. 15, 50:

    certe quidem vos estis Romani, etc.,

    Liv. 45, 22, 5. (But quidem does not belong with certe in such passages as the foll.:

    hic quidem certe memorat, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 261 al.; v. quidem; cf. also aut and vel.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > certus

  • 15 confido

    con-fīdo, fĭsus sum, 3, v. n., to trust confidently in something, confide in, rely firmly upon, to believe, be assured of (as an enhancing of sperare, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; Nep. Milt. 1, 1; freq. and class. in prose and poetry); constr. with abl., acc. and inf., with dat., rarely with de, ut, or absol.
    (α).
    With abl. (in verb. finit. very rare with personal object):

    aut corporis firmitate aut fortunae stabilitate,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 14, 40:

    copiā et facultate causae,

    id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Tusc. 5, 3, 8:

    illum, quo antea confidebant, metuunt,

    id. Att. 8, 13, 2; id. Clu. 1, 1:

    naturā loci,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9; 7, 68; id. B. C. 1, 58:

    castrorum propinquitate,

    id. ib. 1, 75 fin.; 3, 83; Lentul. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 4:

    jurejurando,

    Suet. Caes. 86; cf.:

    neque milites alio duce plus confidere aut audere,

    Liv. 21, 4, 4:

    socio Ulixe,

    Ov. M. 13, 240 (v. also under g).—So esp. with part. pass.:

    confisus, a, um: neque Caesar opus intermittit confisus praesidio legionum trium,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 42; 1, 75; 3, 106; Auct. B. Alex. 10, 5, Auct. B. G. 8, 3; 8, 15;

    Auct. B. Afr. 49: tam potenti duce confisus,

    Liv. 24, 5, 12; 28, 42, 12:

    nullā aliā urbe,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 4; Lentul. ib. 12, 15, 3:

    patientiā nostrā,

    Plin. Pan. 68, 2:

    senatus consulto,

    Suet. Caes. 86.—
    (β).
    With acc. and inf. (so most freq. in all per.), Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 1; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 108; id. Ad. 5, 3, 40; Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Att. 1, 10, 2; 6, 7, 1; 6, 9, 1 al.; Caes. B. G. 1, 23 fin.; id. B. C. 2, 10; Sall. C. 17, 7; id. J. 26, 1; Nep. Milt. 1, 1; Liv. 4, 32, 6; 36, 40, 2; 44, 13, 7; Quint. 5, 12, 17; 11, 1, 92; Suet. Caes. 29; id. Oth. 10; Ov. M. 9, 256:

    (venti et sol) siccare prius confidunt omnia posse Quam, etc.,

    Lucr. 5, 391.—
    (γ).
    With dat. (very freq.;

    and so almost always of personal objects): me perturbasset ejus sententia, nisi vestrae virtuti constantiaeque confiderem,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 1, 2; cf. id. Att. 16, 16, A, 5;

    1, 9, 2: cui divinationi,

    id. Fam. 6, 6, 4:

    his rebus magis quam causae suae,

    id. Inv. 1, 16, 22; id. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69; id. Sest. 64, 135; id. Mil. 23, 61; id. Fin. 1, 9, 31; Liv. 38, 48, 13:

    virtuti militum,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 24:

    cui (peditum parti) maxime confidebat,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    equitatui,

    id. ib. 3, 94;

    Auct. B. Afr. 60: fidei Romanae,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10; 22, 18, 8; 29, 12, 1;

    40, 12, 15 al.: huic legioni Caesar confidebat maxime,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 1, 42. —Esp. freq. with sibi, to rely on one's self, have confidence in one's self:

    neque illi sibi confisi ex portā prodire sunt ausi,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 7:

    dum sibi uterque confideret,

    id. ib. 3, 10; Cic. Fl. 1, 5; id. Clu. 23, 63; id. Har. Resp. 16, 35; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Fin. 3, 8, 29; id. Lael. 5, 17; 9, 30; id. Rep. 3, 13, 23; Brut. ap. Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 16, 6; Auct. B. Afr. 19; Sen. Tranq. 14, 2; id. Ep. 72, 2; Liv. 4, 18, 1:

    fidei legionum, Auct. B. Alex. 6, 2: suae virtuti,

    Liv. 3, 67, 5; 21, 57, 12:

    felicitati regis sui,

    Curt. 3, 14, 4:

    Graecorum erga se benevolentiae,

    id. 4, 10, 16; 7, 7, 28; 7, 9, 1; 9, 2, 25; Tac. A. 1, 81; 14, 36; id. H. 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 4, 7.—Dub. whether dat. or abl. (cf. supra a): suis bonis. Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 40:

    viribus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 53:

    dis immortalibus,

    Sall. C. 52, 28:

    his amicis sociisque,

    id. ib. 16, 4; id. J. 112, 2:

    suis militibus,

    Liv. 2, 45, 4:

    quibus (rebus),

    Quint. 3, 6, 8:

    ostento,

    Suet. Tib. 19 al. —
    (δ).
    With de:

    externis auxiliis de salute urbis confidere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5 fin.:

    de consuetudine civitatis,

    Dig. 1, 3, 34; Nep. Milt. 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    With acc.:

    confisus avos,

    Stat. Th. 2, 573; cf. Prisc. 18, p. 1185 P.; cf.:

    nihil nimis oportet confidere,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 78.—
    (ζ).
    With ut, Plin. Ep. 2, 5, 7 (but in Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16, confido is prob. a gloss; v. Orell. N. cr.).—
    (η).
    Absol.:

    non confidit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 107: ubi legati satis confidunt, die [p. 414] constituto, Senatus utrisque datur, Sall. J. 13, 9.—
    * II.
    Poet. with inanim. subjects:

    remis confisa minutis parvula cymba,

    Prop. 1, 11, 9.—Hence, confīdens, entis, P. a. (lit. confident, trusting to something; hence with exclusive ref. to one's self), selfconfident; in a good and (more freq.) in a bad sense (class.).
    A.
    In a good sense (perh. only ante-class.), bold, daring, undaunted:

    decet innocentem servum atque innoxium Confidentem esse,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 8:

    qui me alter est audacior homo? aut qui me confidentior?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 1:

    senex, ellum, confidens, catus,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 14.— Comp.:

    quod est nimio confidentius,

    Gell. 10, 26, 9.—
    B.
    In a bad sense, shameless, audacious, impudent:

    qui fortis est, idem est fidens, quoniam confidens malā consuetudine loquendi in vitio ponitur, ductum verbum a confidendo, quod laudis est, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 7, 14: improbus, confidens, nequam, malus videatur, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 262, 11; Turp. ib. p. 262, 13:

    homo,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 73 (cf. Cic. Caecin. 10, 27); Cic. Phil. 7, 1, 3; * Hor. S. 1, 7, 7; Quint. 9, 3, 65; Suet. Dom. 12.— Sup.:

    juvenum confidentissime,

    Verg. G. 4, 445:

    mendacium,

    App. Mag. p. 318, 27.—Hence, adv.: confīdenter.
    1.
    In a good sense, boldly, daringly:

    confidenter hominem contra colloqui,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 183; 2, 2, 207; id. Capt. 3, 5, 6.— Comp.:

    dicere,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 44:

    loqui,

    id. de Or. 2, 7, 28.—
    2.
    In a bad sense, audaciously, impudently, Afran. ap. Non. p. 262, 17; Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 7.— Sup.:

    confidentissime resistens,

    Auct. Her. 2, 5, 8 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > confido

  • 16 congruo

    congrŭo, ŭi, 3 ( inf. pres. congruēre, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 102), v. n. [etym. dub.; cf. Corss. Beitr. 457], to run, come, or meet together with something.
    I.
    Prop. (rare;

    mostly post-Aug.): guttae inter se congruunt et confunduntur,

    Vitr. 7, 8, 2:

    arcem nata petit, quo jam manus horrida matrum Congruerat,

    Val. Fl. 2, 307; 6, 58;

    of the stars: sidera meantia cum sole aut congruentia,

    Plin. 2, 79, 81 § 191; cf. Sen. Q. N. 7, 19, 1 (cf. Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69, II. B. infra).—

    Hence also of the calendar dates, fixed in accordance with the stars: ut vicesimo anno ad metam eandem solis, unde orsi essent, dies cóngruerent,

    Liv. 1, 19, 6.—Far more freq. and class. in prose and poetry,
    II.
    Trop., to coincide or correspond with a person or thing, in substance, in feeling, or in time, to be suited or adapted to, to agree with, accord, suit, fit.
    A.
    To be suited or fitted to, to agree with (in substance), to correspond; constr. with cum, inter se, the dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With cum:

    illa congruere et cohaerere cum causā,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 14, 19; so id. Lael. 8, 27; id. Att. 2, 8, 1; Liv. 23, 38, 5; Quint. 11, 3, 74: cum virtute congruere semper, Cic. Off. 3, 3, 13.—
    (β).
    With inter se:

    ut corporis temperatio, cum ea congruunt inter se, e quibus constamus, sanitas: sic animi dicitur, cum ejus judicia opinionesque concordant,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:

    cum multae causae... inter se congruere videntur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 22, 62; id. Fin. 3, 19, 62; Quint. 12, 6, 7 fin.; Sen. Ep. 9, 8.—Somewhat diff.:

    fidem auxere captivi eo maxime, quod sermo inter omnes congruebat (for sermones omnium inter se congruebant),

    agreed, was congruous, Liv. 9, 2, 4.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    quibus (principiis) congruere debent quae sequuntur,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20; 2, 31, 99; Liv. 8, 6, 12; 42, 17, 1; Quint. 9, 3, 40; Plin. 21, 6, 17, § 33; Tac. A. 6, 22; 13, 1; Suet. Calig. 3: non omni causae nec auditori neque personae neque tempori congruere orationis unum genus, is suitable, fit, = convenire, Cic. de Or. 3, 55, 210; Quint. 4, 2, 89; Dig. 1, 16, 13.— Impers.:

    Canidius timidius decessit quam professioni ejus congruebat,

    Vell. 2, 87, 3; Dig. 1, 18, 13.—
    (δ).
    Absol.:

    quemadmodum congruit, ut simul et affirmes, te assiduis occupationibus impediri, et scripta nostra desideres?

    is it consistent? Plin. Ep. 7, 2, 1; cf. Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 171:

    res prout congruunt aut repugnant,

    Quint. 7, 2, 57; so id. 5, 10, 74; 5, 10, 107; Tac. A. 12, 6; id. H. 2, 4:

    adversus Latinos bellandum erat, lingua, moribus, etc., congruentes,

    Liv. 8, 6, 15.—
    B.
    To agree (in feeling, opinion, etc.):

    illi inter se congruunt concorditer,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 2, 14; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 102:

    mulier mulieri magis congruit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 5, 14; Nep. Lys. 3 fin.:

    linguā, moribus, armorum genere institutis ante omnia militaribus congruentes,

    Liv. 8, 6, 15:

    ecce autem similia omnia: omnes congruunt: unum cognoris, omnes noris,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 34:

    de re unā solum dissident de ceteris mirifice congruunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 53:

    vereor ne natura... animos quoque dederit corporum doloribus congruentis,

    sympathizing with, sharing in, affected by, id. Tusc. 5, 1, 3; cf.:

    sidera innumerabilia caelo inhaerentia cum ejus ipsius motu congruere,

    id. ib. 5, 24, 69 Tischer ad loc.—Rarely with in and acc.:

    Bruttiis non societate magis Punicā quam suopte ingenio congruentibus in eum morem,

    Liv. 29, 6, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.; cf.:

    omniumque in unum sententiae congruebant,

    id. 26, 2, 5; 25, 32, 2:

    omnes eae res in unum congruentes... damnationem faciebant,

    id. 3, 24, 6.—
    C.
    To come together, agree, meet, coincide (in time):

    suos dies mensisque congruere volunt cum solis lunaeque ratione,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 129:

    tempus ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5; so with ad, id. 1, 19, 6:

    cum temporum ratio vix congruat,

    Suet. Gram. 7:

    forte congruerat, ut Clodii Macri et Fonteii Capitonis caedes nuntiarentur,

    it happened at the same time, Tac. H. 1, 7:

    in idem artati temporis,

    Vell. 1, 16, 2; Suet. Caes. 40; Quint. 5, 5, 2.—Hence, congrŭens, entis, P. a. (acc. to II.).
    A.
    Agreeing, fit, appropriate, suitable, consistent, congruous.
    (α).
    With cum:

    vita cum disciplinā,

    Cic. Brut. 31, 117; 38, 141; id. Fin. 2, 14, 45:

    Aristoteles et Theophrastus, cum illis re congruentes, genere docendi paulum differentes,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 38.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    congruens actio menti,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 222; id. Fin. 5, 21, 58; 2, 31, 99; id. Fam. 9, 24, 1; Suet. Oth. 12.— Comp.:

    quid congruentius Deo?

    Lact. 4, 26, 13.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    genus dicendi aptum et congruens,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 53; Liv. 7, 2, 7:

    actio vocis, vultūs et gestūs,

    Cic. Part. Or. 15, 54:

    oratio verbis discrepans, sententiis congruens,

    id. Leg. 1, 10, 30:

    cum haec duo pro congruentibus sumunt, tam vehementer repugnantia,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—Hence,
    2.
    Congruens est or videtur, = convenit, it is ( seems) fit, proper, meet (post-Aug. and rare); with acc. and inf.:

    congruens erat, eandem immunitatem parentes obtinere,

    Plin. Pan. 38, 6: congruentius est, Cod. 8, 47, 4.—In sup.:

    congruentissimum est, animam puniri,

    Tert. Anim. 58.—With inf.:

    congruens videtur primordia ejus aperire,

    Tac. H. 5, 2; cf.:

    congruens crediderim recensere,

    id. A. 4, 6. —With ut:

    congruens est, ut, etc.,

    Gell. 17, 8, 13; Dig. 1, 16, 4, § 3.—
    B.
    Agreeing in all its parts; symmetrical, proportioned; accordant, consistent, harmonious: is concentus ex dissimillumarum vocum moderatione concors tamen efficitur et congruens, [p. 421] Cic. Rep. 2, 42, 69:

    Tiberius corpore fuit amplo et robusto... ceteris quoque membris usque ad imos pedes aequalis et congruens,

    Suet. Tib. 68:

    congruens clamor (opp. dissonus),

    Liv. 30, 34, 1; cf.:

    congruentissimā voce acclamare,

    App. Mag. p. 320, 31.—Hence, congrŭenter, adv., agreeably, filly, suitably (twice in Cic., but very rare in the class. per.):

    congruenter naturae convenienterque vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 7, 26:

    ut ad id quodcumque agetur apte congruenterque dicamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 37:

    respondere,

    Dig. 45, 1, 1 fin. — Comp., Fronto Orat. 3 fin.; Min. Fel. Oct. 40 fin. — Sup., Tert. Pudic. 8 fin.; Aug. Doctr. Christ. 1, 12 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > congruo

  • 17 conspiciens

    1.
    con-spĭcĭo, spexi, spectum, 3, v. a. and n., to look at attentively, to get sight of, to descry, perceive, observe (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    inter eas regiones, quā oculi conspiciant,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.:

    in tabernam,

    Petr. 140, 14.—
    (β).
    With acc.:

    me interrogas, Qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    quae aedes... quas quotiensquomque conspicio, fleo,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 29:

    si queat usquam Conspicere amissum fetum,

    Lucr. 2, 358: quandoque te in jure conspicio, Leg. Act. ap. Cic. Caecin. 19, 54, and id. Mur. 12, 26:

    ut procul novum vehiculum Argonautarum e monte conspexit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 89:

    quisque... quae prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    ubi primum nostros equites conspexerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 12;

    2, 26: sidus in regione caeli, etc.,

    Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 94:

    qui lucus ex insulā conspiciebatur,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 3:

    conspici inter se,

    to be visible to one another, Liv. 37, 41, 4:

    cum inter se conspecti essent,

    id. 33, 6, 4:

    hunc simulac cupido conspexit lumine virgo,

    Cat. 64, 86:

    conspectis luminibus crebris,

    Liv. 31, 24, 7:

    locum insidiis conspeximus ipsi,

    Verg. A. 9, 237:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526:

    super tabernaculum... unde ab omnibus conspici posset, imago Solis fulgebat,

    Curt. 3, 3, 8:

    conspecto delatore ejus,

    Suet. Dom. 11:

    rugas in speculo,

    Ov. M. 15, 232:

    cornua in undā,

    id. ib. 1, 640:

    arcem,

    id. ib. 2, 794:

    scopulum,

    id. ib. 4, 731.—Of an inanimate subject:

    si illud signum (Jovis) solis ortum et forum curiamque conspiceret,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20.—With two accus., when an action, condition, etc., is the object:

    quam (matrem) paucis ante diebus laureatam in suā gratulatione conspexit, eandem, etc.... eundem (filium) spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    Cic. Mur. 41, 88:

    strata volgi pedibus detrita viarum Saxea,

    Lucr. 1, 315:

    superiora loca multitudine armatorum completa,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 3:

    quos laborantes,

    id. ib. 4, 26:

    aliquos ex nave egredientes,

    id. ib.:

    aliquem conspiciens ad se ferentem,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5:

    naves suas oppletas serpentibus,

    id. Hann. 11, 6:

    (Hannibalem) humi jacentem,

    Liv. 21, 4, 7:

    adrasum quendam,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 49; cf., pass.:

    quamvis non alius flectere equum sciens Aeque conspicitur,

    id. C. 3, 7, 26:

    cum interim Metellus, monte degrediens cum exercitu, conspicitur,

    Sall. J. 49, 5 dub.;

    v. conspicor: terribilior niger conspicitur (canis),

    Col. 7, 12, 4.—
    (γ).
    With acc. and inf.:

    corpus ut exanimum siquod procul ipse jacere Conspicias hominis,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    qui nostros victores flumen transisse conspexerant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 24:

    centum procurrere currus,

    Cato, 64, 389; Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45.—
    B.
    Pregn., to look at with admiration or close attention, to gaze upon, observe, contemplate.
    (α).
    Act.:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis?

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    orabat, ne se, quem paulo ante cum egregiā stirpe conspexissent, orbum liberis facerent,

    Liv. 1, 26, 9:

    Demetrium ut pacis auctorem cum ingenti favore conspiciebant,

    id. 39, 53, 2:

    quem cum omnes conspicerent propter novitatem ornatūs ignotamque formam,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 3:

    cum bene notum Porticus Agrippae te conspexerit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 26.—
    (β).
    Esp. pass.: conspici, to attract attention, to be conspicuous, noticed, observed, distinguished, admired:

    inania sunt ista... delectamenta paene puerorum, captare plausus, vehi per urbem, conspici velle,

    Cic. Pis. 25, 60: in gestu nec [p. 436] venustatem conspiciendam, nec turpitudinem esse, Auct. Her. 3, 15, 26:

    sic quisque hostem ferire, murum adscendere, conspici dum tale facinus faceret, properabat,

    Sall. C. 7, 6:

    supellex modica, non multa, ut in neutram partem conspici posset,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5:

    quid te ut regium juvenem conspici sinis?

    Liv. 1, 47, 5:

    maxime conspectus ipse est, curru equis albis juncto urbem invectus,

    id. 5, 23, 5:

    vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens, arma atque equi conspiciebantur,

    id. 21, 4, 8; 5, 52, 3; 39, 6, 9:

    quorum Conspicitur nitidis fundata pecunia villis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 46:

    tu formosissimus alto Conspiceris caelo ( = inter deos versaris),

    Ov. M. 4, 19:

    prima bonis animi conspicerere tui,

    id. Tr. 1, 6, 34; Vell. 2, 91, 4; Quint. 11, 3, 137.—Less freq. in an unfavorable sense, to be notorious, to be gazed at with dislike or contempt:

    carere me adspectu civium quam infestis oculis omnium conspici mallem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17: ne quid faciat, quod conspici et derideri posset, Aug. ap. Suet. Claud. 4.—
    II.
    Trop., to perceive mentally, to understand, comprehend:

    satis in rem quae sint meam ego conspicio mihi,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 10:

    quantum ego nunc corde conspicio meo,

    id. Ps. 3, 1, 3; cf.:

    ut conspiciatis eum mentibus, quoniam oculis non potestis,

    Cic. Balb. 20, 47:

    nullus error talis in L. Aemilio Paulo conspectus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 3.—Hence,
    A.
    conspĭcĭens, entis, P. a. (acc. to II. B.), having understanding, intelligent:

    ad quas (contumelias) despiciendas non sapiente opus est viro, sed tantum conspiciente,

    Sen. Const. 16, 3 Haase (al. consipiente). —
    B.
    conspectus, a, um, P. a.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. A. 1.) Visible:

    tumulus hosti conspectus,

    Liv. 22, 24, 5; cf. id. 10, 40, 8; 32, 5, 13:

    agmina inter se satis conspecta,

    id. 22, 4, 6. —
    2.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Striking, distinguished, remarkable, gazed at, = conspicuus (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    Pallas chlamyde et pictis conspectus in armis,

    Verg. A. 8, 588 (conspicuus, conspicabilis, Serv.); so,

    victor Tyrio in ostro,

    id. G. 3, 17; cf. Hor. A. P. 228:

    juventus,

    Ov. M. 12, 553:

    patris avique fama conspectum eum faciebat,

    Liv. 45, 7, 3:

    conspectus elatusque supra modum hominis privati,

    id. 4, 13, 3.— Comp., Ov. M. 4, 796; Liv. 2, 5, 5; Tac. H. 4, 11; Just. 11, 5; Juv. 8, 140 al.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.—
    C.
    conspĭcĭendus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B.), worth seeing, worthy of attention, distinguished (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    insideat celeri conspiciendus equo,

    Tib. 1, 2, 70:

    Nemesis donis meis,

    id. 2, 3, 52:

    Hyas formā,

    Ov. F. 5, 170:

    mater formosa Inter Dictaeos greges,

    id. ib. 5, 118:

    eques,

    id. Tr. 2, 114:

    opus vel in hac magnificentiā urbis,

    Liv. 6, 4, 11; Val. Fl. 1, 261; Mart. 9, 50, 10.
    2.
    conspĭcĭo, ōnis, f. [1. conspicio], the survey taken by the augur in fixing the limits of the templum, Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conspiciens

  • 18 conspicio

    1.
    con-spĭcĭo, spexi, spectum, 3, v. a. and n., to look at attentively, to get sight of, to descry, perceive, observe (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    inter eas regiones, quā oculi conspiciant,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.:

    in tabernam,

    Petr. 140, 14.—
    (β).
    With acc.:

    me interrogas, Qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    quae aedes... quas quotiensquomque conspicio, fleo,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 29:

    si queat usquam Conspicere amissum fetum,

    Lucr. 2, 358: quandoque te in jure conspicio, Leg. Act. ap. Cic. Caecin. 19, 54, and id. Mur. 12, 26:

    ut procul novum vehiculum Argonautarum e monte conspexit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 89:

    quisque... quae prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    ubi primum nostros equites conspexerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 12;

    2, 26: sidus in regione caeli, etc.,

    Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 94:

    qui lucus ex insulā conspiciebatur,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 3:

    conspici inter se,

    to be visible to one another, Liv. 37, 41, 4:

    cum inter se conspecti essent,

    id. 33, 6, 4:

    hunc simulac cupido conspexit lumine virgo,

    Cat. 64, 86:

    conspectis luminibus crebris,

    Liv. 31, 24, 7:

    locum insidiis conspeximus ipsi,

    Verg. A. 9, 237:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526:

    super tabernaculum... unde ab omnibus conspici posset, imago Solis fulgebat,

    Curt. 3, 3, 8:

    conspecto delatore ejus,

    Suet. Dom. 11:

    rugas in speculo,

    Ov. M. 15, 232:

    cornua in undā,

    id. ib. 1, 640:

    arcem,

    id. ib. 2, 794:

    scopulum,

    id. ib. 4, 731.—Of an inanimate subject:

    si illud signum (Jovis) solis ortum et forum curiamque conspiceret,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20.—With two accus., when an action, condition, etc., is the object:

    quam (matrem) paucis ante diebus laureatam in suā gratulatione conspexit, eandem, etc.... eundem (filium) spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    Cic. Mur. 41, 88:

    strata volgi pedibus detrita viarum Saxea,

    Lucr. 1, 315:

    superiora loca multitudine armatorum completa,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 3:

    quos laborantes,

    id. ib. 4, 26:

    aliquos ex nave egredientes,

    id. ib.:

    aliquem conspiciens ad se ferentem,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5:

    naves suas oppletas serpentibus,

    id. Hann. 11, 6:

    (Hannibalem) humi jacentem,

    Liv. 21, 4, 7:

    adrasum quendam,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 49; cf., pass.:

    quamvis non alius flectere equum sciens Aeque conspicitur,

    id. C. 3, 7, 26:

    cum interim Metellus, monte degrediens cum exercitu, conspicitur,

    Sall. J. 49, 5 dub.;

    v. conspicor: terribilior niger conspicitur (canis),

    Col. 7, 12, 4.—
    (γ).
    With acc. and inf.:

    corpus ut exanimum siquod procul ipse jacere Conspicias hominis,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    qui nostros victores flumen transisse conspexerant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 24:

    centum procurrere currus,

    Cato, 64, 389; Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45.—
    B.
    Pregn., to look at with admiration or close attention, to gaze upon, observe, contemplate.
    (α).
    Act.:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis?

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    orabat, ne se, quem paulo ante cum egregiā stirpe conspexissent, orbum liberis facerent,

    Liv. 1, 26, 9:

    Demetrium ut pacis auctorem cum ingenti favore conspiciebant,

    id. 39, 53, 2:

    quem cum omnes conspicerent propter novitatem ornatūs ignotamque formam,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 3:

    cum bene notum Porticus Agrippae te conspexerit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 26.—
    (β).
    Esp. pass.: conspici, to attract attention, to be conspicuous, noticed, observed, distinguished, admired:

    inania sunt ista... delectamenta paene puerorum, captare plausus, vehi per urbem, conspici velle,

    Cic. Pis. 25, 60: in gestu nec [p. 436] venustatem conspiciendam, nec turpitudinem esse, Auct. Her. 3, 15, 26:

    sic quisque hostem ferire, murum adscendere, conspici dum tale facinus faceret, properabat,

    Sall. C. 7, 6:

    supellex modica, non multa, ut in neutram partem conspici posset,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5:

    quid te ut regium juvenem conspici sinis?

    Liv. 1, 47, 5:

    maxime conspectus ipse est, curru equis albis juncto urbem invectus,

    id. 5, 23, 5:

    vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens, arma atque equi conspiciebantur,

    id. 21, 4, 8; 5, 52, 3; 39, 6, 9:

    quorum Conspicitur nitidis fundata pecunia villis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 46:

    tu formosissimus alto Conspiceris caelo ( = inter deos versaris),

    Ov. M. 4, 19:

    prima bonis animi conspicerere tui,

    id. Tr. 1, 6, 34; Vell. 2, 91, 4; Quint. 11, 3, 137.—Less freq. in an unfavorable sense, to be notorious, to be gazed at with dislike or contempt:

    carere me adspectu civium quam infestis oculis omnium conspici mallem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17: ne quid faciat, quod conspici et derideri posset, Aug. ap. Suet. Claud. 4.—
    II.
    Trop., to perceive mentally, to understand, comprehend:

    satis in rem quae sint meam ego conspicio mihi,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 10:

    quantum ego nunc corde conspicio meo,

    id. Ps. 3, 1, 3; cf.:

    ut conspiciatis eum mentibus, quoniam oculis non potestis,

    Cic. Balb. 20, 47:

    nullus error talis in L. Aemilio Paulo conspectus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 3.—Hence,
    A.
    conspĭcĭens, entis, P. a. (acc. to II. B.), having understanding, intelligent:

    ad quas (contumelias) despiciendas non sapiente opus est viro, sed tantum conspiciente,

    Sen. Const. 16, 3 Haase (al. consipiente). —
    B.
    conspectus, a, um, P. a.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. A. 1.) Visible:

    tumulus hosti conspectus,

    Liv. 22, 24, 5; cf. id. 10, 40, 8; 32, 5, 13:

    agmina inter se satis conspecta,

    id. 22, 4, 6. —
    2.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Striking, distinguished, remarkable, gazed at, = conspicuus (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    Pallas chlamyde et pictis conspectus in armis,

    Verg. A. 8, 588 (conspicuus, conspicabilis, Serv.); so,

    victor Tyrio in ostro,

    id. G. 3, 17; cf. Hor. A. P. 228:

    juventus,

    Ov. M. 12, 553:

    patris avique fama conspectum eum faciebat,

    Liv. 45, 7, 3:

    conspectus elatusque supra modum hominis privati,

    id. 4, 13, 3.— Comp., Ov. M. 4, 796; Liv. 2, 5, 5; Tac. H. 4, 11; Just. 11, 5; Juv. 8, 140 al.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.—
    C.
    conspĭcĭendus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B.), worth seeing, worthy of attention, distinguished (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    insideat celeri conspiciendus equo,

    Tib. 1, 2, 70:

    Nemesis donis meis,

    id. 2, 3, 52:

    Hyas formā,

    Ov. F. 5, 170:

    mater formosa Inter Dictaeos greges,

    id. ib. 5, 118:

    eques,

    id. Tr. 2, 114:

    opus vel in hac magnificentiā urbis,

    Liv. 6, 4, 11; Val. Fl. 1, 261; Mart. 9, 50, 10.
    2.
    conspĭcĭo, ōnis, f. [1. conspicio], the survey taken by the augur in fixing the limits of the templum, Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conspicio

  • 19 consto

    con-sto, stĭti, stātum (constātūrus, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 3; Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; Luc. 2, 17; Mart. 10, 41, 5; Lact. Opif. Dei, 7, 11), 1, v. n.
    I.
    To stand together, stand with some person or thing.
    A.
    Lit. (very rare):

    constant, conserunt sermones inter se drapetae,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 11.—
    B.
    Trop., to stand with, to agree with, be in accord or agreement, to correspond, fit.
    1.
    With cum and abl. (cf. consisto, II. B. 3.):

    considerabit, constetne oratio aut cum re aut ipsa secum,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 14, 45:

    sententiā non constare cum superioribus et inferioribus sententiis, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14.—
    2.
    Absol.:

    veri similis narratio erit, si spatia temporum, personarum dignitates, consiliorum rationes, locorum opportunitates constabunt,

    Auct. Her. 1, 9, 16.—
    3.
    With dat.:

    si humanitati tuae constare voles,

    Cic. Att. 1, 11, 1.—And esp. with sibi, to agree, accord with itself, to remain like one's self, be consistent:

    in Oppianico sibi constare et superioribus consentire judiciis debuerunt,

    Cic. Clu. 22, 60; so,

    with consentire,

    id. Univ. 3 init.; id. Fin. 2, 11, 35:

    ut constare in vitae perpetuitate possimus nobismetipsis nec in ullo officio claudicare,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119; so,

    sibi (opp. titubare),

    Quint. 5, 7, 11:

    sibi et rei judicatae,

    Cic. Clu. 38, 106:

    sibi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 16; id. A. P. 127; cf.:

    constat idem omnibus sermo,

    Liv. 9, 2, 3.—
    4.
    In the phrase ratio constat, mercantile t. t., the account agrees or is correct, is or proves right:

    auri ratio constat: aurum in aerario est,

    Cic. Fl. 28, 69:

    quibus ratio impensarum constaret,

    was correct, accurately kept, Suet. Ner. 30.—
    (β).
    In postAug. prose, esp. in the younger Pliny, transf. from the sphere of business:

    mirum est, quam singulis diebus in urbe ratio aut constet aut constare videatur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 9, 1; cf. id. ib. 1, 5, 16; 3, 18, 10; 2, 4, 4; 7, 6, 4; id. Pan. 38, 4; Just. praef. § 5: eam condicionem esse imperandi, ut non aliter ratio [p. 439] constet, quam si uni reddatur, Tac. A. 1, 6 fin. —
    II.
    With the access. idea of firmness, to stand firm, to remain immovable, unchanging, steadfast, to abide, last, endure, persevere, etc. (very freq. in all perr. and styles).
    A.
    In gen.:

    prius quam totis viribus fulta constaret hostium acies,

    Liv. 3, 60, 9; cf.:

    nec pugna deinde illis constare,

    id. 1, 30, 10:

    ut non color, non vultus ei constaret,

    id. 39, 34, 7; cf.:

    valetudo ei neque corporis neque animi constitit,

    Suet. Calig. 50; and:

    dum sanitas constabit,

    Phaedr. 4, 24, 30:

    non mentibus solum consipere, sed ne auribus quidem atque oculis satis constare poterant,

    Liv. 5, 42, 3; cf.:

    in ebrietate lingua non constat,

    Sen. Ep. 83, 27:

    mente vix constare,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39; cf. Liv. 8, 19, 6; 44, 20, 7:

    quā in sententia si constare voluissent,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 14; cf. Caes. B. G. 5, 36 fin.:

    numerus legionum constat,

    id. ib. 7, 35:

    ceteris exercitibus constare fidem,

    Tac. H. 2, 96:

    utrimque fides constitit,

    kept their word, Liv. 37, 32, 13; 2, 13, 9.— Poet.: cum sint huc forsitan illa, Haec translata illuc;

    summā tamen omnia constant,

    i. e. the principal sum remains always the same, Ov. M. 15, 258:

    postquam cuncta videt caelo constare sereno,

    every thing continues in unbroken serenity, Verg. A. 3, 518:

    constitit in nullā qui fuit ante color,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 120.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Milit. t. t., to stop, halt: multitudinem procul hostium constare videtur, Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 273, 4.—
    2.
    Of facts, reports, etc., to be established, settled, certain, manifest, evident, well known:

    quae cum constent, perspicuum debet esse, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    eorum quae constant exempla ponemus, horum quae dubia sunt, exempla adferemus, id. mv 1, 38, 68: quod nihil nobis constat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 5:

    cum et factum constet et nomen, qualia sint vocatur in dubium,

    Cic. Part. Or. 12, 42; cf.:

    cum factum constat, sed a quo sit factum in controversiam venit,

    Quint. 7, 2, 8; and impers., with acc. and inf.:

    mihi multa agitanti constabat, paucorum civium egregiam virtutem cuncta patravisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 4; cf.:

    quod omnibus constabat, hiemari in Gallia oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 29 fin., and Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
    b.
    Constat (constabat, constabit, etc., it is settled, established, undisputed, certain, well known, etc.), Cic. Mil. 6, 14; id. Quint. 29, 89; Caes. B. G. 3, 6; 3, 9 al.; Ov. M. 7, 533; Quint. 4, 2, 90 et saep.—So freq.: constat inter omnes, with acc. and inf., all agree, all are convinced:

    sed tum nimis inter omnis constabat neminem esse resalutatum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 41, 106:

    quae propositio in se quiddam continet perspicuum et quod constare inter omnis necesse est, hanc velle approbare et firmare nihil attinet,

    in which all must agree, id. Inv. 1, 36, 62 dub. (B. and K. stare); Caes. B. G. 7, 44; Nep. Alcib. 1, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 8 et saep.; cf.

    also: constare inter homines sapientissimos (for which, just after: omnium consensu sic esse judicatum),

    Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 3:

    inter suos,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 47:

    inter augures, Liv 10, 6, 7 et saep.: cum de Magio constet,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3; cf.:

    de facto constat,

    Quint. 7, 2, 7; so with de, id. 7, 2, 11; 4, 2, 5:

    etsi non satis mihi constiterat, cum aliquāne animi mei molestiā an potius, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 1:

    nec satis certum constare apud animum poterat, utrum, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 28, 1:

    quid cuique sit opus constare decet,

    Quint. 3, 9, 8; so id. 3, 8, 25:

    quid porro quaerendum est? Factumne sit? At constat. A quo? At patet,

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15; so absol., id. Verr. 2, 3, 21, § 54.—
    3.
    Of a resolve.
    (α).
    Impers.: mihi (ei) constat, = certum est, it is my ( his) fixed determination, I am determined, I am fully resolved (rare): mihi quidem constat, nec meam contumeliam, nec meorum ferre, Anton. ap. Cic. Phil. 13, 19, 42:

    neque satis Bruto neque tribunis militum constabat, quid agerent,

    were undecided, Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    ut nihil ei constet quod agat,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 15, 35.—
    (β).
    With the resolve as subject:

    animo constat sententia,

    Verg. A. 5, 748:

    cum constitit consilium,

    when my mind was fully made up, Cic. Att. 8, 11, 1.—
    4.
    In gen., as opp. to that which has no existence, to exist, be, abide (esp. in Lucr.):

    (corpora) quoniam fragili naturā praedita constant,

    Lucr. 1, 582; 1, 246; 1, 510 et saep.:

    antiquissimi fere sunt, quorum quidem scripta constent,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 22, 93; id. Verr. 2, 2, 76, § 187: qui sine manibus et pedibus constare deum posse decreverunt, id. N. D. 1, 33, 92:

    si ipsa mens constare potest vacans corpore,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 25.—
    5.
    With ex, in, de, or the abl. (in Cic. only with ex; cf. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 4, 8, 19), to consist in or of, to be composed of, to rest upon something, etc.
    (α).
    With ex (very freq. in prose and poetry):

    fulminis ignem e parvis constare figuris,

    Lucr. 2, 385:

    homo ex animo constat et corpore,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 98;

    id. Fin. l. l.: simplex (jus) e dulci constat olivo,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 64:

    ea virtus, quae constat ex hominibus tuendis,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, 157 et saep.—
    (β).
    With in and abl. (very rare):

    victoriam in earum cohortium virtute constare,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 89 fin.; Nep. Att. 14 fin. —
    * (γ).
    With de:

    partus duplici de semine,

    Lucr. 4, 1229.—
    (δ).
    With abl. (freq. in Lucr. and Quint.):

    aeterno quia constant semine quaeque,

    Lucr. 1, 221; 1, 484; 1, 518 et saep.:

    agri campis, vineis, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 19, 5:

    constat tota oratio longioribus membris, brevioribus periodis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 134; 5, 10, 63 et saep.:

    causa constat aut unius rei controversiā aut plurium,

    id. 3, 10, 1. omnis disciplina memoriā, id. 11, 2, 1. omne jus aut scripto aut moribus, id. 12, 3, 6 et saep.—
    6.
    Mercantile t. t., like our phrase, to stand at, i. e. to cost; constr. with abl.. gen., etc., of price (cf. Zumpt, Gr. § 444).
    a.
    Lit.
    (α).
    With abl.:

    ut unae quadrigae Romae constiterint quadringentis milibus,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 14; Suet. Vit. 19:

    filius auro,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 57:

    navis gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48 (al. stare):

    HS. sex milibus tibi constant,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 12, §

    28: tanto nobis deliciae,

    Plin. 12, 18, 41, § 84:

    magno tibi,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 6, 4:

    parvo,

    Pall. Febr. 9, 12; cf.

    gratis,

    Sen. Ep. 104, 34; Aug. Serm. 385, 6.—
    (β).
    With gen.:

    (ambulatiuncula) prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 29, 2; Suet. Ner. 27 fin.:

    quanti funus,

    id. Vesp. 19; Juv. 7, 45.—
    (γ).
    With adv.: quod mihi constat carius, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 272, 25; so,

    vilissime,

    Col. 9, 1. 6.—
    (δ).
    With sup.:

    cujus area super HS. millies constitit,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—
    b.
    Trop.:

    edocet, quanto detrimento et quot virorum fortium morte necesse sit constare victoriam,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 19:

    odia constantia magno,

    Ov. H. 7, 47:

    imperia pretio quolibet constant bene,

    Sen. Phoen. 664.—Hence, constans, antis, P. a. (acc. to II. 1.), standing firm, firm, unchangeable, constant, immovable, uniform, fixed, stable, invariable (freq. and class.).
    A.
    Lit.:

    mellis constantior est natura (sc. quam aquae),

    Lucr. 3, 192:

    constans uva contra tenorem unum algoris aestusve,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 27:

    cujus in indomito constantior inguine nervus, Quam nova arbor, etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 12, 19:

    cursus certi et constantes,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 9, 24; cf.:

    constans reversio stellarum (with conveniens),

    id. ib. 2, 21, 54:

    constantissimus motus lunae,

    id. Div. 2, 6, 17:

    nihil (mundo) motu constantius,

    id. N. D. 3, 9, 23; 2, 21, 54:

    constanti vultu graduque,

    Liv. 5, 46, 3: aetas, the mature age (of an adult), Cic. Sen. 10, 33; cf.:

    constans aetas, quae media dicitur,

    id. ib. 20, 76:

    aetate nondum constanti,

    Suet. Galb. 4:

    pax,

    firm, secure, Liv. 6, 25, 6:

    fides,

    Hor. C. 3, 7, 4:

    an ire comminus et certare pro Italiā constantius foret,

    safer, Tac. H. 3, 1. —
    b.
    Agreeing or accordant with itself, consistent, harmonious:

    quemadmodum in oratione constanti, sic in vitā omnia sint apta inter se et convenientia,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 144:

    nihil intellego dici potuisse constantius,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 25; cf.:

    incredibilia an inter se constantia,

    Quint. 5, 4, 2:

    rumores,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 9, 1:

    constans parum memoria hujus anni,

    Liv. 10, 37, 13:

    constans fama erat,

    Suet. Caes. 6; so,

    opinio,

    id. Tib. 39; id. Vesp. 4 al.—
    B.
    Trop., intellectually or morally certain, sure, steadfast, constant, faithful, steady, unchanging:

    firmi et stabiles et constantes amici,

    Cic. Lael. 17, 62; cf. Nep. Lys. 2, 2:

    quem hominem? Levem? imo gravissimum. Mobilem? imo constantissimum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 16, 49; cf. opp. varium, id. Fragm. ap. Quint. 6, 3, 48 Spald.:

    pater amens at is quidem fuit omnium constantissimus,

    a very constant, steadfast man, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 41; cf.:

    prudens et constans (testis),

    Quint. 5, 7, 26; and under adv.:

    (Helvidius Priscus) recti pervicax, constans adversus metus,

    Tac. H. 4, 5 fin.:

    constans Fortuna tantum in levitate suā,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 8, 18; cf.: neque fidei constans, neque strenuus in perfidiā, Tac. H. 3, 57:

    constantior In vitiis, etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 18.— Adv.: constanter.
    1.
    (Acc. to A.) Firmly, immovably, steadily, constantly:

    manere in suo statu,

    Cic. Univ. 13: constanter ac perpetuo placet consilium, Brut. ap. Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 16, 9:

    vitiis gaudere constanter,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 6.— Comp.:

    ut maneamus in perspicuis firmius et constantius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 14, 45.— Sup.:

    impetus caeli constantissime conficiens vicissitudinis anniversarias,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 38, 97.—
    b.
    Harmoniously, evenly, uniformly, consistently:

    constanter et aequaliter ingrediens oratio,

    Cic. Or. 58, 198:

    sibi constanter convenienterque dicere,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; cf. id. ib. 5, 9, 24; in comp., id. ib. 5, 9, 25; in sup., id. ib. 5, 8, 23; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; so,

    hi constanter omnes nuntiaverunt,

    with one voice, unanimously, Caes. B. G. 2, 2:

    aequabilius atque constantius sese res humanae haberent,

    Sall. C. 2, 3:

    aequabilius atque constantius regere provincias,

    Tac. A. 15, 21 fin. —
    2.
    (Acc. to B.) Steadily, calmly, tranquilly, sedately:

    constanter ac non trepide pugnare,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25; cf.

    agere, Auct. B. Afr. 84: proelium inire,

    Suet. Vesp. 4; id. Tib. 19:

    constanter et sedate ferre dolorem,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46:

    constanter et libere se gerere,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 9:

    constanter prudenterque fit,

    id. Tusc. 4, 6, 12:

    constanter delata beneficia (with judicio, considerate, and opp. repentino quodam impetu),

    id. Off. 1, 15, 49.— Comp.:

    cetera exsequi,

    Suet. Aug. 10:

    acrius quam constantius proelium inire,

    Curt. 4, 6, 14.— Sup.:

    amicitias retinere,

    Suet. Aug. 66; id. Tib. 45 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > consto

  • 20 is

    is, ĕa, id (m. eis, C. I. L. 1, 198; n. it, ib. 5, 875 al., and freq. in MSS. of Plaut.), gen. ējus (old form eiius, C. I. L. 3, 1365 et saep.; v. Prisc. 1, 4, 18, p. 545;

    also etius,

    ib. 2, 1276 al.;

    scanned ĕius,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 60; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; v. Lachm. ad Lucr. 3, 374;

    also Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 42, 109: eius, monosyl.,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 206; Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 7 et saep.; dat. ĕï, in ante-class. poetry often ēi, Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 46; Lucr. 2, 1136; 5, 300:

    eiei, C. I. L. 1, 198, 12 al.: eei,

    Inscr. Neap. 2423:

    iei, C. I. L. 1, 205, col. 2, 12 al.: ei, monosyl.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 68; id. Trin. 1, 2, 138 et saep.; Cat. 82, 3; cf. Prisc. 7, 5, 21, p. 740; Lachm. ad Lucr. 3, 374:

    eo,

    Inscr. Murat. 582; f. eae, Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 77 Ritschl; Cato, R. R. 46, 1; v. Varr. L. L. 8, 28, 51; acc. im for eum, Lex ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60; Charis. 1, 17, p. 107 sq.; Paul. ex Fest. p. 103; also em, Tab. XII., tab. 1, fr. 1.— Plur. nom. m. ĕi, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 32; id. Stich. 1, 3, 47; Ter. Ad. prol. 23; but in the MSS. ii; Cic. de Or. 1, 19, 87 et saep.:

    eei,

    Inscr. Neap. 2423, 8: iei, C. I. L. 1, 185; Varr. L. L. 9, 1, 2 al.;

    but ī,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 17; id. Mil. 3, 1, 158 al.; v. Ritschl prol. p. 98; gen. eum for eorum, Inscr. Murat. 582, 2; dat. and abl. eīs or iīs, also īs, C. I. L. 1, 198, 48; Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 140, and freq. in MSS.:

    eis, monosyl.,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 36; id. Eun. 5, 8, 59 al.; v. Lachm. ad Lucr. 4, 934: ieis, C. I. L. 1, 204, col. 1, 5 al.;

    old form also ībus,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 74; id. Truc. 1, 2, 17: ĭbus, Titin. et Pomp. ap. Non. p. 486; Lucr. 2, 88; cf. S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2; v. Lachm. l. l.; f. eābus, Cato, R. R. 152; cf. Prisc. 7, 3, 11, p. 733; v. more on these forms, Neue, Formenl. 2, 191-196), pron. demonstr. [root i-; Sanscr. itas; hence, i-ha, here; cf. i-bi, i-ta, i-dem, etc.].
    I.
    He, she, it; this or that man, woman, thing.
    A.
    Referring to something already mentioned, in gen.
    1.
    Referring to the third person:

    fuit quidam senex Mercator: navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam: Is obiit mortem,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 16:

    venit mihi obviam tuus puer: is mihi litteras abs te reddidit,

    Cic. Att. 2, 1, 1:

    objecit ut probrum nobiliori, quod is, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 2, 3.—
    2.
    Of the first person:

    ego me credidi Homini docto rem mandare: is lapidi mando maxumo,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 47:

    haec omnia is feci, qui sodalis Dolabellae eram,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14; Sen. Ep. 63 al. —
    3.
    Of the second person:

    qui magister equitum fuisse tibi viderere, is per municipia cucurristi,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 30.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    In connection with a noun:

    ea re, quia turpe sit, faciendum non esse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 13:

    ea res ut est Helvetiis enuntiata, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    ne ob eam rem tribueret, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    flumen est Arar... id flumen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 12: sub id tempus, Liv. [p. 1004] 43, 5:

    ejus disputationis sententias memoriae mandavi,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 3:

    ante eam diem,

    id. Att. 2, 11, 2:

    ea tempestate,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    quam urbem is rex condidit,

    Plin. 6, 17, 21, § 61.—
    2.
    When is, ea, id would stand in the same case with the relative it is usually omitted; when the relative precedes, it is sometimes employed for emphasis:

    male se res habet, cum, quod virtute effici debet, id temptatur pecuniā,

    Cic. Off. 2, 6, 22. —
    3.
    Connected with que and quidem, it gives prominence to a preceding idea:

    cum una legione eaque vacillante,

    and that, Cic. Phil. 3, 12, 31:

    inprimis nobis sermo isque multus de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    tuus dolor humanus is quidem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    vincula et ea sempiterna,

    id. Cat. 4, 4, 7:

    certa flagitiis merces, nec ea parva,

    id. Phil. 2, 18, 44.—
    4.
    It is sometimes used instead of the reflexive pronoun:

    Helvetii persuadent Rauracis, ut una cum iis (for secum) proficiscantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 5:

    Caesar etiam privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri avum Tigurini interfecerant,

    id. ib. 1, 12. —
    5.
    It is sometimes placed, for greater emphasis, after a relative:

    multitudinem, quae fortunis vestris imminebat, eam... se fecisse commemorat, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Mil. 35, 95; cf.:

    urbem novam conditam vi et armis, jure eam legibusque de integro condere parat,

    Liv. 1, 19, 1.—
    C.
    Id, n., to designate an idea in the most general manner, that (thing, fact, thought, circumstance, etc.).
    1.
    In gen.:

    quando verba vana ad id locorum fuerint, rebus standum esse,

    hitherto, till now, Liv. 9, 45, 2; so,

    ad id (sc. tempus),

    id. 3, 22:

    ad id diei,

    Gell. 17, 8:

    ad id quod natura cogeret, i. e. death,

    Nep. Att. 22, 2:

    id temporis,

    at that time, Cic. Mil. 10, 28; id. Cat. 4, 1, 10: id. Att. 13, 33:

    id aetatis,

    at that age, id. de Or. 1, 47; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 37, § 91.—
    2.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Id, therefore, for that reason, on that account:

    id ego gaudeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3:

    id misera maesta est,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 66:

    idne estis auctores mihi?

    do you advise me to that? Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 16.—
    (β).
    Id genus = ejus generis, Gell. 9, 12, 13:

    aliquid id genus scribere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 12, 3.—
    (γ).
    Ad id, for that purpose:

    ad id quod sua quemque mala cogebant, evocati,

    Liv. 3, 7, 8: ad id quod = praeterquam quod, besides that:

    consul ad id, quod, etc., tunc quoque, etc.,

    id. 44, 37, 12; 3, 62, 1; 26, 45, 8 al.—
    (δ).
    In id, to that end, on that account, therefore:

    in id fide a rege accepta,

    Liv. 28, 17.—
    (ε).
    In eo est, it is gone so far, is at that pass:

    quod ad me de Lentulo scribis, non est in eo,

    it is not come to that, is not so, Cic. Att. 12, 40:

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    when the soldiers were just on the point of scaling the walls, Liv. 2, 17, 5; 28, 22, 8; Nep. Milt. 7, 3: in eo est, also, it consists in that, depends upon that:

    totum in eo est tectorium, ut sit concinnum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 1, § 1:

    ejus omnis oratio versata est in eo, ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 57, 254:

    sic velim enitare quasi in eo mihi sint omnia,

    id. Fam. 15, 14.—
    (ζ).
    Ex eo, from that, hence:

    sed tamen ex eo, quod eam voluptatem videtur amplexari saepe vehementius, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 9. —
    (η).
    Cum eo, ut (with subj.), with the condition or stipulation that, etc., Liv. 8, 14.—
    (θ).
    Eo, adverbially, with the comp., so much, by so much; but frequently to be expressed in English by the, Cic. Quint. 9; so id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5.—
    D.
    Sometimes is refers to the foll. substantive, instead of to the preceding relative:

    quae vectigalia locasset, ea rata locatio (for eorum),

    Liv. 23, 11:

    ea libera conjectura est (for de hac re),

    id. 4, 20:

    quae pars major erit, eo stabitur consilio (for ejus),

    id. 7, 35:

    existit ea, quae gemma dicitur,

    Cic. de Sen. 15.—Sometimes, for emphasis, it is placed before the relative quod, to represent a thought or clause:

    ratus, id quod negotium poscebat, Jugurtham venturum,

    Sall. J. 56, 1; id. C. 51, 20:

    sive ille hoc ingenio potuisset, sive, id quod constaret, Platonis studiosus audiendi fuisset,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 89:

    si nos, id quod debet, nostra patria delectat,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 196:

    si, id quod facile factu fuit, vi armisque superassem,

    id. Sest. 17, 39; 13, 30; so,

    id quo,

    id. Inv. 1, 26, 39:

    id de quo,

    Liv. 21, 10, 9. — It is thus apparently pleonastic after substantives: Octavio Mamilio—is longe princeps Latini nominis erat...—ei Mamilio filiam nuptum dat, Liv. 1, 49, 9:

    cultrum, quem habebat, eum defigit,

    id. 1, 58, 11; cf. id. 3, 58, 1.—It is rarely pleonastic after the relative:

    quod ne id facere posses, idcirco dixeram,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 79 dub. (B. and K. bracket id). —
    II.
    He, she, it; that man or the man ( woman, thing), the one, that one, as a correlative to qui:

    si is, qui erit adductus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 89, § 207:

    is mihi profecto servus spectatus satis, Cui dominus curae est,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 6, 5. And also in the first person:

    haec tibi scribo... is, qui flevi,

    Sen. Ep. 1.—
    III.
    Such, of such a sort, character, or quality:

    in eum jam rediit locum, ut, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 118:

    neque enim tu is es, qui, quid sis, nescias,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 6; 4, 7, 2:

    itaque ego is in illum sum, quem tu me esse vis,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 1:

    is eram natus... ut potuerim,

    Liv. 7, 40, 8.— Adj.:

    nec tamen eas cenas quaero, ut magnae reliquiae fiant,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 8; id. Clu. 70:

    quae causae sunt ejus modi, ut de earum jure dubium esse non possit,

    id. de Or. 1, 57, 241:

    est enim credo is vir iste, ut civitatis nomen sua auctoritate sustineat,

    id. Fl. 15, 34. —
    B.
    Such, so great, of so high a degree:

    L. Mescinius ea mecum consuetudine conjunctus est, quod mihi quaestor fuit,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 1.—Hence, advv.
    1.
    ĕā (sc. parte, viā, etc.), on that side, by that way, there:

    quod eā proxime accedi poterat,

    Cic. Caecin. 8, 21:

    itinera muniit: effecit ut eā elephantus ornatus ire posset, quā antea, etc.,

    Nep. Ham. 3 fin.:

    postquam comperit, transitum eā non esse,

    Liv. 21, 32, 9; 5, 43, 2; 24, 2 fin.; 26, 11 fin.; 27, 15 fin. al. —
    2.
    ĕō, v. 2. eo.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > is

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Dub Poetry — Origines stylistiques Reggae, Origines culturelles 1970 en Jamaïque La dub poetry est une forme d expression poétique née dans la communauté jamaïcaine, en Gra …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Dub poetry — Origines stylistiques Reggae, Origines culturelles 1970 en Jamaïque La dub poetry est une forme d expression poétique née dans la communauté jamaïcaine, en Grande Bretagne et en Jamaïque, à la fin des années 1970. Sommaire …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Dub poetry — Stylistic origins Dub Spoken word Cultural origins 1970s, Jamaica Typical instruments Guitar Bass drums Organ Keyboard Brass Melodica Synthe …   Wikipedia

  • dub poetry — noun A style of poetry, of West Indian origin, performed spontaneously in reggae rhythm to dubbed or recorded music • • • Main Entry: ↑dub …   Useful english dictionary

  • DUB — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Dub (homonymie). Dub Origines stylistiques Reggae …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Dub (musique) — Dub Pour les articles homonymes, voir Dub (homonymie). Dub Origines stylistiques Reggae …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Dub — or dubbing may refer to: Accolade, the conferring of knighthood Contents 1 Arts and entertainment 2 People 3 Places …   Wikipedia

  • Dub Kweli — Remix album by Max Tannone Released August 29th, 2010 …   Wikipedia

  • Dub — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Dub (homonymie). Dub Origines stylistiques Reggae Origines culturelles Début des années 1970 …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Dub (music) — For other uses, see Dub (disambiguation). Dub Stylistic origins Reggae – Ska – Rocksteady Cultural origins Late 1960s, Jamaica Typical instruments Bass Drums Guitar Organ Brass …   Wikipedia

  • Dub music — Infobox Music genre name=Dub color=purple bgcolor=white stylistic origins=Reggae Rocksteady Ambient music Progressive rock Psychedelic rock Ska cultural origins=Late 1960s, Jamaica instruments=Guitar Bass drums Organ Keyboard Brass Melodica… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»